1 //===--- SemaExprCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions --------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 ///
10 /// \file
11 /// \brief Implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions.
12 ///
13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 
15 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
16 #include "TreeTransform.h"
17 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
29 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
30 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
31 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
32 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
33 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/SemaLambda.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
38 #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
39 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
40 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
41 using namespace clang;
42 using namespace sema;
43 
44 /// \brief Handle the result of the special case name lookup for inheriting
45 /// constructor declarations. 'NS::X::X' and 'NS::X<...>::X' are treated as
46 /// constructor names in member using declarations, even if 'X' is not the
47 /// name of the corresponding type.
48 ParsedType Sema::getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
49                                               SourceLocation NameLoc,
50                                               IdentifierInfo &Name) {
51   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
52 
53   // Convert the nested-name-specifier into a type.
54   QualType Type;
55   switch (NNS->getKind()) {
56   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
57   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
58     Type = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0);
59     break;
60 
61   case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
62     // Strip off the last layer of the nested-name-specifier and build a
63     // typename type for it.
64     assert(NNS->getAsIdentifier() == &Name && "not a constructor name");
65     Type = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS->getPrefix(),
66                                         NNS->getAsIdentifier());
67     break;
68 
69   case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
70   case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
71   case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
72   case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
73     llvm_unreachable("Nested name specifier is not a type for inheriting ctor");
74   }
75 
76   // This reference to the type is located entirely at the location of the
77   // final identifier in the qualified-id.
78   return CreateParsedType(Type,
79                           Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Type, NameLoc));
80 }
81 
82 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
83                                    IdentifierInfo &II,
84                                    SourceLocation NameLoc,
85                                    Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
86                                    ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
87                                    bool EnteringContext) {
88   // Determine where to perform name lookup.
89 
90   // FIXME: This area of the standard is very messy, and the current
91   // wording is rather unclear about which scopes we search for the
92   // destructor name; see core issues 399 and 555. Issue 399 in
93   // particular shows where the current description of destructor name
94   // lookup is completely out of line with existing practice, e.g.,
95   // this appears to be ill-formed:
96   //
97   //   namespace N {
98   //     template <typename T> struct S {
99   //       ~S();
100   //     };
101   //   }
102   //
103   //   void f(N::S<int>* s) {
104   //     s->N::S<int>::~S();
105   //   }
106   //
107   // See also PR6358 and PR6359.
108   // For this reason, we're currently only doing the C++03 version of this
109   // code; the C++0x version has to wait until we get a proper spec.
110   QualType SearchType;
111   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
112   bool isDependent = false;
113   bool LookInScope = false;
114 
115   if (SS.isInvalid())
116     return ParsedType();
117 
118   // If we have an object type, it's because we are in a
119   // pseudo-destructor-expression or a member access expression, and
120   // we know what type we're looking for.
121   if (ObjectTypePtr)
122     SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectTypePtr);
123 
124   if (SS.isSet()) {
125     NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
126 
127     bool AlreadySearched = false;
128     bool LookAtPrefix = true;
129     // C++11 [basic.lookup.qual]p6:
130     //   If a pseudo-destructor-name (5.2.4) contains a nested-name-specifier,
131     //   the type-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by the
132     //   nested-name-specifier. Similarly, in a qualified-id of the form:
133     //
134     //     nested-name-specifier[opt] class-name :: ~ class-name
135     //
136     //   the second class-name is looked up in the same scope as the first.
137     //
138     // Here, we determine whether the code below is permitted to look at the
139     // prefix of the nested-name-specifier.
140     DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
141     if (DC && DC->isFileContext()) {
142       AlreadySearched = true;
143       LookupCtx = DC;
144       isDependent = false;
145     } else if (DC && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
146       LookAtPrefix = false;
147       LookInScope = true;
148     }
149 
150     // The second case from the C++03 rules quoted further above.
151     NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = nullptr;
152     if (AlreadySearched) {
153       // Nothing left to do.
154     } else if (LookAtPrefix && (Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())) {
155       CXXScopeSpec PrefixSS;
156       PrefixSS.Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Prefix, SS.location_data()));
157       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(PrefixSS, EnteringContext);
158       isDependent = isDependentScopeSpecifier(PrefixSS);
159     } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
160       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
161       isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
162     } else {
163       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
164       isDependent = LookupCtx && LookupCtx->isDependentContext();
165     }
166   } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
167     // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
168     //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
169     //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T
170     //   of the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is
171     //   also looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the
172     //   lookups shall find a name that refers to (possibly
173     //   cv-qualified) T.
174     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
175     isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
176     assert((isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType()) &&
177            "Caller should have completed object type");
178 
179     LookInScope = true;
180   } else {
181     // Perform lookup into the current scope (only).
182     LookInScope = true;
183   }
184 
185   TypeDecl *NonMatchingTypeDecl = nullptr;
186   LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
187   for (unsigned Step = 0; Step != 2; ++Step) {
188     // Look for the name first in the computed lookup context (if we
189     // have one) and, if that fails to find a match, in the scope (if
190     // we're allowed to look there).
191     Found.clear();
192     if (Step == 0 && LookupCtx)
193       LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx);
194     else if (Step == 1 && LookInScope && S)
195       LookupName(Found, S);
196     else
197       continue;
198 
199     // FIXME: Should we be suppressing ambiguities here?
200     if (Found.isAmbiguous())
201       return ParsedType();
202 
203     if (TypeDecl *Type = Found.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) {
204       QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
205       MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
206 
207       if (SearchType.isNull() || SearchType->isDependentType() ||
208           Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) {
209         // We found our type!
210 
211         return CreateParsedType(T,
212                                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, NameLoc));
213       }
214 
215       if (!SearchType.isNull())
216         NonMatchingTypeDecl = Type;
217     }
218 
219     // If the name that we found is a class template name, and it is
220     // the same name as the template name in the last part of the
221     // nested-name-specifier (if present) or the object type, then
222     // this is the destructor for that class.
223     // FIXME: This is a workaround until we get real drafting for core
224     // issue 399, for which there isn't even an obvious direction.
225     if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Found.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>()) {
226       QualType MemberOfType;
227       if (SS.isSet()) {
228         if (DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext)) {
229           // Figure out the type of the context, if it has one.
230           if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
231             MemberOfType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
232         }
233       }
234       if (MemberOfType.isNull())
235         MemberOfType = SearchType;
236 
237       if (MemberOfType.isNull())
238         continue;
239 
240       // We're referring into a class template specialization. If the
241       // class template we found is the same as the template being
242       // specialized, we found what we are looking for.
243       if (const RecordType *Record = MemberOfType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
244         if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
245               = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record->getDecl())) {
246           if (Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() ==
247                 Template->getCanonicalDecl())
248             return CreateParsedType(
249                 MemberOfType,
250                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
251         }
252 
253         continue;
254       }
255 
256       // We're referring to an unresolved class template
257       // specialization. Determine whether we class template we found
258       // is the same as the template being specialized or, if we don't
259       // know which template is being specialized, that it at least
260       // has the same name.
261       if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType
262             = MemberOfType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
263         TemplateName SpecName = SpecType->getTemplateName();
264 
265         // The class template we found is the same template being
266         // specialized.
267         if (TemplateDecl *SpecTemplate = SpecName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
268           if (SpecTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() == Template->getCanonicalDecl())
269             return CreateParsedType(
270                 MemberOfType,
271                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
272 
273           continue;
274         }
275 
276         // The class template we found has the same name as the
277         // (dependent) template name being specialized.
278         if (DependentTemplateName *DepTemplate
279                                     = SpecName.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
280           if (DepTemplate->isIdentifier() &&
281               DepTemplate->getIdentifier() == Template->getIdentifier())
282             return CreateParsedType(
283                 MemberOfType,
284                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
285 
286           continue;
287         }
288       }
289     }
290   }
291 
292   if (isDependent) {
293     // We didn't find our type, but that's okay: it's dependent
294     // anyway.
295 
296     // FIXME: What if we have no nested-name-specifier?
297     QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(),
298                                    SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
299                                    II, NameLoc);
300     return ParsedType::make(T);
301   }
302 
303   if (NonMatchingTypeDecl) {
304     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(NonMatchingTypeDecl);
305     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
306       << T << SearchType;
307     Diag(NonMatchingTypeDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here)
308       << T;
309   } else if (ObjectTypePtr)
310     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ident_in_dtor_not_a_type)
311       << &II;
312   else {
313     SemaDiagnosticBuilder DtorDiag = Diag(NameLoc,
314                                           diag::err_destructor_class_name);
315     if (S) {
316       const DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
317       if (const CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
318         DtorDiag << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc),
319                                                  Class->getNameAsString());
320     }
321   }
322 
323   return ParsedType();
324 }
325 
326 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType) {
327     if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || !ObjectType)
328       return ParsedType();
329     assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype
330            && "only get destructor types from declspecs");
331     QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
332     QualType SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectType);
333     if (SearchType->isDependentType() || Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SearchType, T)) {
334       return ParsedType::make(T);
335     }
336 
337     Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
338       << T << SearchType;
339     return ParsedType();
340 }
341 
342 bool Sema::checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
343                                   const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
344   assert(Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId);
345 
346   if (!SS.isValid())
347     return false;
348 
349   switch (SS.getScopeRep()->getKind()) {
350   case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
351   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
352   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
353     // Per C++11 [over.literal]p2, literal operators can only be declared at
354     // namespace scope. Therefore, this unqualified-id cannot name anything.
355     // Reject it early, because we have no AST representation for this in the
356     // case where the scope is dependent.
357     Diag(Name.getLocStart(), diag::err_literal_operator_id_outside_namespace)
358       << SS.getScopeRep();
359     return true;
360 
361   case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
362   case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
363   case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
364   case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
365     return false;
366   }
367 
368   llvm_unreachable("unknown nested name specifier kind");
369 }
370 
371 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand.
372 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
373                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
374                                 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
375                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
376   // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
377   //   The top-level cv-qualifiers of the lvalue expression or the type-id
378   //   that is the operand of typeid are always ignored.
379   //   If the type of the type-id is a class type or a reference to a class
380   //   type, the class shall be completely-defined.
381   Qualifiers Quals;
382   QualType T
383     = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Operand->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
384                                       Quals);
385   if (T->getAs<RecordType>() &&
386       RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
387     return ExprError();
388 
389   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType())
390     return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) << T);
391 
392   return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand,
393                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
394 }
395 
396 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand.
397 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
398                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
399                                 Expr *E,
400                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
401   bool WasEvaluated = false;
402   if (E && !E->isTypeDependent()) {
403     if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
404       ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
405       if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
406       E = result.get();
407     }
408 
409     QualType T = E->getType();
410     if (const RecordType *RecordT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
411       CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordT->getDecl());
412       // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
413       //   [...] If the type of the expression is a class type, the class
414       //   shall be completely-defined.
415       if (RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
416         return ExprError();
417 
418       // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
419       //   When typeid is applied to an expression other than an glvalue of a
420       //   polymorphic class type [...] [the] expression is an unevaluated
421       //   operand. [...]
422       if (RecordD->isPolymorphic() && E->isGLValue()) {
423         // The subexpression is potentially evaluated; switch the context
424         // and recheck the subexpression.
425         ExprResult Result = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E);
426         if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
427         E = Result.get();
428 
429         // We require a vtable to query the type at run time.
430         MarkVTableUsed(TypeidLoc, RecordD);
431         WasEvaluated = true;
432       }
433     }
434 
435     // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
436     //   [...] If the type of the type-id is a reference to a possibly
437     //   cv-qualified type, the result of the typeid expression refers to a
438     //   std::type_info object representing the cv-unqualified referenced
439     //   type.
440     Qualifiers Quals;
441     QualType UnqualT = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Quals);
442     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, UnqualT)) {
443       T = UnqualT;
444       E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, E->getValueKind()).get();
445     }
446   }
447 
448   if (E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
449     return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid)
450                      << E->getType());
451   else if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
452            E->HasSideEffects(Context, WasEvaluated)) {
453     // The expression operand for typeid is in an unevaluated expression
454     // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
455     Diag(E->getExprLoc(), WasEvaluated
456                               ? diag::warn_side_effects_typeid
457                               : diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
458   }
459 
460   return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E,
461                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
462 }
463 
464 /// ActOnCXXTypeidOfType - Parse typeid( type-id ) or typeid (expression);
465 ExprResult
466 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
467                      bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
468   // Find the std::type_info type.
469   if (!getStdNamespace())
470     return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
471 
472   if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) {
473     IdentifierInfo *TypeInfoII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("type_info");
474     LookupResult R(*this, TypeInfoII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
475     LookupQualifiedName(R, getStdNamespace());
476     CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
477     // Microsoft's typeinfo doesn't have type_info in std but in the global
478     // namespace if _HAS_EXCEPTIONS is defined to 0. See PR13153.
479     if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl && LangOpts.MSVCCompat) {
480       LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
481       CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
482     }
483     if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl)
484       return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
485   }
486 
487   if (!getLangOpts().RTTI) {
488     return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_no_typeid_with_fno_rtti));
489   }
490 
491   QualType TypeInfoType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CXXTypeInfoDecl);
492 
493   if (isType) {
494     // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
495     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
496     QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
497                                    &TInfo);
498     if (T.isNull())
499       return ExprError();
500 
501     if (!TInfo)
502       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);
503 
504     return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
505   }
506 
507   // The operand is an expression.
508   return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
509 }
510 
511 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand.
512 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
513                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
514                                 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
515                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
516   if (!Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) {
517     bool HasMultipleGUIDs = false;
518     if (!CXXUuidofExpr::GetUuidAttrOfType(Operand->getType(),
519                                           &HasMultipleGUIDs)) {
520       if (HasMultipleGUIDs)
521         return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids));
522       else
523         return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
524     }
525   }
526 
527   return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand,
528                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
529 }
530 
531 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand.
532 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
533                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
534                                 Expr *E,
535                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
536   if (!E->getType()->isDependentType()) {
537     bool HasMultipleGUIDs = false;
538     if (!CXXUuidofExpr::GetUuidAttrOfType(E->getType(), &HasMultipleGUIDs) &&
539         !E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
540       if (HasMultipleGUIDs)
541         return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids));
542       else
543         return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
544     }
545   }
546 
547   return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E,
548                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
549 }
550 
551 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( type-id ) or __uuidof (expression);
552 ExprResult
553 Sema::ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
554                      bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
555   // If MSVCGuidDecl has not been cached, do the lookup.
556   if (!MSVCGuidDecl) {
557     IdentifierInfo *GuidII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("_GUID");
558     LookupResult R(*this, GuidII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
559     LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
560     MSVCGuidDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
561     if (!MSVCGuidDecl)
562       return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_ms_uuidof));
563   }
564 
565   QualType GuidType = Context.getTypeDeclType(MSVCGuidDecl);
566 
567   if (isType) {
568     // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
569     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
570     QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
571                                    &TInfo);
572     if (T.isNull())
573       return ExprError();
574 
575     if (!TInfo)
576       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);
577 
578     return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
579   }
580 
581   // The operand is an expression.
582   return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
583 }
584 
585 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
586 ExprResult
587 Sema::ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
588   assert((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) &&
589          "Unknown C++ Boolean value!");
590   return new (Context)
591       CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true, Context.BoolTy, OpLoc);
592 }
593 
594 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
595 ExprResult
596 Sema::ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc) {
597   return new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc);
598 }
599 
600 /// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions.
601 ExprResult
602 Sema::ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex) {
603   bool IsThrownVarInScope = false;
604   if (Ex) {
605     // C++0x [class.copymove]p31:
606     //   When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the
607     //   copy/move construction of a class object [...]
608     //
609     //     - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a
610     //       non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch-
611     //       clause parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the
612     //       innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move
613     //       operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be
614     //       omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the
615     //       exception object
616     if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Ex->IgnoreParens()))
617       if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
618         if (Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->getType().isVolatileQualified()) {
619           for( ; S; S = S->getParent()) {
620             if (S->isDeclScope(Var)) {
621               IsThrownVarInScope = true;
622               break;
623             }
624 
625             if (S->getFlags() &
626                 (Scope::FnScope | Scope::ClassScope | Scope::BlockScope |
627                  Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::ObjCMethodScope |
628                  Scope::TryScope))
629               break;
630           }
631         }
632       }
633   }
634 
635   return BuildCXXThrow(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope);
636 }
637 
638 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
639                                bool IsThrownVarInScope) {
640   // Don't report an error if 'throw' is used in system headers.
641   if (!getLangOpts().CXXExceptions &&
642       !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc))
643     Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_exceptions_disabled) << "throw";
644 
645   if (getCurScope() && getCurScope()->isOpenMPSimdDirectiveScope())
646     Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_omp_simd_region_cannot_use_stmt) << "throw";
647 
648   if (Ex && !Ex->isTypeDependent()) {
649     QualType ExceptionObjectTy = Context.getExceptionObjectType(Ex->getType());
650     if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, Ex))
651       return ExprError();
652 
653     // Initialize the exception result.  This implicitly weeds out
654     // abstract types or types with inaccessible copy constructors.
655 
656     // C++0x [class.copymove]p31:
657     //   When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the
658     //   copy/move construction of a class object [...]
659     //
660     //     - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a
661     //       non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or
662     //       catch-clause
663     //       parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the
664     //       innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move
665     //       operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be
666     //       omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the
667     //       exception object
668     const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = nullptr;
669     if (IsThrownVarInScope)
670       NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), Ex, false);
671 
672     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeException(
673         OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy,
674         /*NRVO=*/NRVOVariable != nullptr);
675     ExprResult Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
676         Entity, NRVOVariable, QualType(), Ex, IsThrownVarInScope);
677     if (Res.isInvalid())
678       return ExprError();
679     Ex = Res.get();
680   }
681 
682   return new (Context)
683       CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc, IsThrownVarInScope);
684 }
685 
686 static void
687 collectPublicBases(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
688                    llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> &SubobjectsSeen,
689                    llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &VBases,
690                    llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> &PublicSubobjectsSeen,
691                    bool ParentIsPublic) {
692   for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : RD->bases()) {
693     CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BS.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
694     bool NewSubobject;
695     // Virtual bases constitute the same subobject.  Non-virtual bases are
696     // always distinct subobjects.
697     if (BS.isVirtual())
698       NewSubobject = VBases.insert(BaseDecl).second;
699     else
700       NewSubobject = true;
701 
702     if (NewSubobject)
703       ++SubobjectsSeen[BaseDecl];
704 
705     // Only add subobjects which have public access throughout the entire chain.
706     bool PublicPath = ParentIsPublic && BS.getAccessSpecifier() == AS_public;
707     if (PublicPath)
708       PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(BaseDecl);
709 
710     // Recurse on to each base subobject.
711     collectPublicBases(BaseDecl, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen,
712                        PublicPath);
713   }
714 }
715 
716 static void getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(
717     CXXRecordDecl *RD, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &Objects) {
718   llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> SubobjectsSeen;
719   llvm::SmallSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> VBases;
720   llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> PublicSubobjectsSeen;
721   SubobjectsSeen[RD] = 1;
722   PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(RD);
723   collectPublicBases(RD, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen,
724                      /*ParentIsPublic=*/true);
725 
726   for (CXXRecordDecl *PublicSubobject : PublicSubobjectsSeen) {
727     // Skip ambiguous objects.
728     if (SubobjectsSeen[PublicSubobject] > 1)
729       continue;
730 
731     Objects.push_back(PublicSubobject);
732   }
733 }
734 
735 /// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw.
736 bool Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc,
737                                 QualType ExceptionObjectTy, Expr *E) {
738   //   If the type of the exception would be an incomplete type or a pointer
739   //   to an incomplete type other than (cv) void the program is ill-formed.
740   QualType Ty = ExceptionObjectTy;
741   bool isPointer = false;
742   if (const PointerType* Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
743     Ty = Ptr->getPointeeType();
744     isPointer = true;
745   }
746   if (!isPointer || !Ty->isVoidType()) {
747     if (RequireCompleteType(ThrowLoc, Ty,
748                             isPointer ? diag::err_throw_incomplete_ptr
749                                       : diag::err_throw_incomplete,
750                             E->getSourceRange()))
751       return true;
752 
753     if (RequireNonAbstractType(ThrowLoc, ExceptionObjectTy,
754                                diag::err_throw_abstract_type, E))
755       return true;
756   }
757 
758   // If the exception has class type, we need additional handling.
759   CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
760   if (!RD)
761     return false;
762 
763   // If we are throwing a polymorphic class type or pointer thereof,
764   // exception handling will make use of the vtable.
765   MarkVTableUsed(ThrowLoc, RD);
766 
767   // If a pointer is thrown, the referenced object will not be destroyed.
768   if (isPointer)
769     return false;
770 
771   // If the class has a destructor, we must be able to call it.
772   if (!RD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) {
773     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD)) {
774       MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
775       CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
776                             PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_exception) << Ty);
777       if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc()))
778         return true;
779     }
780   }
781 
782   // The MSVC ABI creates a list of all types which can catch the exception
783   // object.  This list also references the appropriate copy constructor to call
784   // if the object is caught by value and has a non-trivial copy constructor.
785   if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
786     // We are only interested in the public, unambiguous bases contained within
787     // the exception object.  Bases which are ambiguous or otherwise
788     // inaccessible are not catchable types.
789     llvm::SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> UnambiguousPublicSubobjects;
790     getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(RD, UnambiguousPublicSubobjects);
791 
792     for (CXXRecordDecl *Subobject : UnambiguousPublicSubobjects) {
793       // Attempt to lookup the copy constructor.  Various pieces of machinery
794       // will spring into action, like template instantiation, which means this
795       // cannot be a simple walk of the class's decls.  Instead, we must perform
796       // lookup and overload resolution.
797       CXXConstructorDecl *CD = LookupCopyingConstructor(Subobject, 0);
798       if (!CD)
799         continue;
800 
801       // Mark the constructor referenced as it is used by this throw expression.
802       MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), CD);
803 
804       // Skip this copy constructor if it is trivial, we don't need to record it
805       // in the catchable type data.
806       if (CD->isTrivial())
807         continue;
808 
809       // The copy constructor is non-trivial, create a mapping from this class
810       // type to this constructor.
811       // N.B.  The selection of copy constructor is not sensitive to this
812       // particular throw-site.  Lookup will be performed at the catch-site to
813       // ensure that the copy constructor is, in fact, accessible (via
814       // friendship or any other means).
815       Context.addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(Subobject, CD);
816 
817       // We don't keep the instantiated default argument expressions around so
818       // we must rebuild them here.
819       for (unsigned I = 1, E = CD->getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) {
820         // Skip any default arguments that we've already instantiated.
821         if (Context.getDefaultArgExprForConstructor(CD, I))
822           continue;
823 
824         Expr *DefaultArg =
825             BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(ThrowLoc, CD, CD->getParamDecl(I)).get();
826         Context.addDefaultArgExprForConstructor(CD, I, DefaultArg);
827       }
828     }
829   }
830 
831   return false;
832 }
833 
834 QualType Sema::getCurrentThisType() {
835   DeclContext *DC = getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
836   QualType ThisTy = CXXThisTypeOverride;
837   if (CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) {
838     if (method && method->isInstance())
839       ThisTy = method->getThisType(Context);
840   }
841   if (ThisTy.isNull()) {
842     if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurContext) &&
843         CurContext->getParent()->getParent()->isRecord()) {
844       // This is a generic lambda call operator that is being instantiated
845       // within a default initializer - so use the enclosing class as 'this'.
846       // There is no enclosing member function to retrieve the 'this' pointer
847       // from.
848       QualType ClassTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(
849           cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext->getParent()->getParent()));
850       // There are no cv-qualifiers for 'this' within default initializers,
851       // per [expr.prim.general]p4.
852       return Context.getPointerType(ClassTy);
853     }
854   }
855   return ThisTy;
856 }
857 
858 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S,
859                                          Decl *ContextDecl,
860                                          unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
861                                          bool Enabled)
862   : S(S), OldCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride), Enabled(false)
863 {
864   if (!Enabled || !ContextDecl)
865     return;
866 
867   CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
868   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ContextDecl))
869     Record = Template->getTemplatedDecl();
870   else
871     Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ContextDecl);
872 
873   S.CXXThisTypeOverride
874     = S.Context.getPointerType(
875         S.Context.getRecordType(Record).withCVRQualifiers(CXXThisTypeQuals));
876 
877   this->Enabled = true;
878 }
879 
880 
881 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::~CXXThisScopeRAII() {
882   if (Enabled) {
883     S.CXXThisTypeOverride = OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
884   }
885 }
886 
887 static Expr *captureThis(ASTContext &Context, RecordDecl *RD,
888                          QualType ThisTy, SourceLocation Loc) {
889   FieldDecl *Field
890     = FieldDecl::Create(Context, RD, Loc, Loc, nullptr, ThisTy,
891                         Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ThisTy, Loc),
892                         nullptr, false, ICIS_NoInit);
893   Field->setImplicit(true);
894   Field->setAccess(AS_private);
895   RD->addDecl(Field);
896   return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit*/true);
897 }
898 
899 bool Sema::CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit,
900     bool BuildAndDiagnose, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt) {
901   // We don't need to capture this in an unevaluated context.
902   if (isUnevaluatedContext() && !Explicit)
903     return true;
904 
905   const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt ?
906     *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
907  // Otherwise, check that we can capture 'this'.
908   unsigned NumClosures = 0;
909   for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; idx != 0; idx--) {
910     if (CapturingScopeInfo *CSI =
911             dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) {
912       if (CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0) {
913         // 'this' is already being captured; there isn't anything more to do.
914         break;
915       }
916       LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
917       if (LSI && isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(LSI->CallOperator)) {
918         // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out.
919         if (BuildAndDiagnose)
920           Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) << Explicit;
921         return true;
922       }
923       if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref ||
924           CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval ||
925           CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_Block ||
926           CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_CapturedRegion ||
927           Explicit) {
928         // This closure can capture 'this'; continue looking upwards.
929         NumClosures++;
930         Explicit = false;
931         continue;
932       }
933       // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out.
934       if (BuildAndDiagnose)
935         Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) << Explicit;
936       return true;
937     }
938     break;
939   }
940   if (!BuildAndDiagnose) return false;
941   // Mark that we're implicitly capturing 'this' in all the scopes we skipped.
942   // FIXME: We need to delay this marking in PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated
943   // contexts.
944   for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; NumClosures;
945       --idx, --NumClosures) {
946     CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]);
947     Expr *ThisExpr = nullptr;
948     QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType();
949     if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI))
950       // For lambda expressions, build a field and an initializing expression.
951       ThisExpr = captureThis(Context, LSI->Lambda, ThisTy, Loc);
952     else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI
953         = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]))
954       ThisExpr = captureThis(Context, RSI->TheRecordDecl, ThisTy, Loc);
955 
956     bool isNested = NumClosures > 1;
957     CSI->addThisCapture(isNested, Loc, ThisTy, ThisExpr);
958   }
959   return false;
960 }
961 
962 ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation Loc) {
963   /// C++ 9.3.2: In the body of a non-static member function, the keyword this
964   /// is a non-lvalue expression whose value is the address of the object for
965   /// which the function is called.
966 
967   QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType();
968   if (ThisTy.isNull()) return Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use);
969 
970   CheckCXXThisCapture(Loc);
971   return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit=*/false);
972 }
973 
974 bool Sema::isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType) {
975   // If we're outside the body of a member function, then we'll have a specified
976   // type for 'this'.
977   if (CXXThisTypeOverride.isNull())
978     return false;
979 
980   // Determine whether we're looking into a class that's currently being
981   // defined.
982   CXXRecordDecl *Class = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
983   return Class && Class->isBeingDefined();
984 }
985 
986 ExprResult
987 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
988                                 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
989                                 MultiExprArg exprs,
990                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
991   if (!TypeRep)
992     return ExprError();
993 
994   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
995   QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(TypeRep, &TInfo);
996   if (!TInfo)
997     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, SourceLocation());
998 
999   return BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, exprs, RParenLoc);
1000 }
1001 
1002 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
1003 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
1004 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
1005 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
1006 ExprResult
1007 Sema::BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1008                                 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
1009                                 MultiExprArg Exprs,
1010                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
1011   QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
1012   SourceLocation TyBeginLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
1013 
1014   if (Ty->isDependentType() || CallExpr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs)) {
1015     return CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo, LParenLoc, Exprs,
1016                                               RParenLoc);
1017   }
1018 
1019   bool ListInitialization = LParenLoc.isInvalid();
1020   assert((!ListInitialization || (Exprs.size() == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0])))
1021          && "List initialization must have initializer list as expression.");
1022   SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc,
1023       ListInitialization ? Exprs[0]->getSourceRange().getEnd() : RParenLoc);
1024 
1025   // C++ [expr.type.conv]p1:
1026   // If the expression list is a single expression, the type conversion
1027   // expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in meaning) to the
1028   // corresponding cast expression.
1029   if (Exprs.size() == 1 && !ListInitialization) {
1030     Expr *Arg = Exprs[0];
1031     return BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, Arg, RParenLoc);
1032   }
1033 
1034   // C++14 [expr.type.conv]p2: The expression T(), where T is a
1035   //   simple-type-specifier or typename-specifier for a non-array complete
1036   //   object type or the (possibly cv-qualified) void type, creates a prvalue
1037   //   of the specified type, whose value is that produced by value-initializing
1038   //   an object of type T.
1039   QualType ElemTy = Ty;
1040   if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
1041     if (!ListInitialization)
1042       return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc,
1043                             diag::err_value_init_for_array_type) << FullRange);
1044     ElemTy = Context.getBaseElementType(Ty);
1045   }
1046 
1047   if (!ListInitialization && Ty->isFunctionType())
1048     return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, diag::err_value_init_for_function_type)
1049                      << FullRange);
1050 
1051   if (!Ty->isVoidType() &&
1052       RequireCompleteType(TyBeginLoc, ElemTy,
1053                           diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use, FullRange))
1054     return ExprError();
1055 
1056   if (RequireNonAbstractType(TyBeginLoc, Ty,
1057                              diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
1058     return ExprError();
1059 
1060   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo);
1061   InitializationKind Kind =
1062       Exprs.size() ? ListInitialization
1063       ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TyBeginLoc)
1064       : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc)
1065       : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc);
1066   InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs);
1067   ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs);
1068 
1069   if (Result.isInvalid() || !ListInitialization)
1070     return Result;
1071 
1072   Expr *Inner = Result.get();
1073   if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BTE = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(Inner))
1074     Inner = BTE->getSubExpr();
1075   if (!isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(Inner)) {
1076     // If we created a CXXTemporaryObjectExpr, that node also represents the
1077     // functional cast. Otherwise, create an explicit cast to represent
1078     // the syntactic form of a functional-style cast that was used here.
1079     //
1080     // FIXME: Creating a CXXFunctionalCastExpr around a CXXConstructExpr
1081     // would give a more consistent AST representation than using a
1082     // CXXTemporaryObjectExpr. It's also weird that the functional cast
1083     // is sometimes handled by initialization and sometimes not.
1084     QualType ResultType = Result.get()->getType();
1085     Result = CXXFunctionalCastExpr::Create(
1086         Context, ResultType, Expr::getValueKindForType(TInfo->getType()), TInfo,
1087         CK_NoOp, Result.get(), /*Path=*/nullptr, LParenLoc, RParenLoc);
1088   }
1089 
1090   return Result;
1091 }
1092 
1093 /// doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize - Answers whether the usual
1094 /// operator delete[] for the given type has a size_t parameter.
1095 static bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
1096                                          QualType allocType) {
1097   const RecordType *record =
1098     allocType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>();
1099   if (!record) return false;
1100 
1101   // Try to find an operator delete[] in class scope.
1102 
1103   DeclarationName deleteName =
1104     S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete);
1105   LookupResult ops(S, deleteName, loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
1106   S.LookupQualifiedName(ops, record->getDecl());
1107 
1108   // We're just doing this for information.
1109   ops.suppressDiagnostics();
1110 
1111   // Very likely: there's no operator delete[].
1112   if (ops.empty()) return false;
1113 
1114   // If it's ambiguous, it should be illegal to call operator delete[]
1115   // on this thing, so it doesn't matter if we allocate extra space or not.
1116   if (ops.isAmbiguous()) return false;
1117 
1118   LookupResult::Filter filter = ops.makeFilter();
1119   while (filter.hasNext()) {
1120     NamedDecl *del = filter.next()->getUnderlyingDecl();
1121 
1122     // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2:
1123     //   A template instance is never a usual deallocation function,
1124     //   regardless of its signature.
1125     if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(del)) {
1126       filter.erase();
1127       continue;
1128     }
1129 
1130     // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2:
1131     //   If class T does not declare [an operator delete[] with one
1132     //   parameter] but does declare a member deallocation function
1133     //   named operator delete[] with exactly two parameters, the
1134     //   second of which has type std::size_t, then this function
1135     //   is a usual deallocation function.
1136     if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(del)->isUsualDeallocationFunction()) {
1137       filter.erase();
1138       continue;
1139     }
1140   }
1141   filter.done();
1142 
1143   if (!ops.isSingleResult()) return false;
1144 
1145   const FunctionDecl *del = cast<FunctionDecl>(ops.getFoundDecl());
1146   return (del->getNumParams() == 2);
1147 }
1148 
1149 /// \brief Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4).
1150 ///
1151 /// E.g.:
1152 /// @code new (memory) int[size][4] @endcode
1153 /// or
1154 /// @code ::new Foo(23, "hello") @endcode
1155 ///
1156 /// \param StartLoc The first location of the expression.
1157 /// \param UseGlobal True if 'new' was prefixed with '::'.
1158 /// \param PlacementLParen Opening paren of the placement arguments.
1159 /// \param PlacementArgs Placement new arguments.
1160 /// \param PlacementRParen Closing paren of the placement arguments.
1161 /// \param TypeIdParens If the type is in parens, the source range.
1162 /// \param D The type to be allocated, as well as array dimensions.
1163 /// \param Initializer The initializing expression or initializer-list, or null
1164 ///   if there is none.
1165 ExprResult
1166 Sema::ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
1167                   SourceLocation PlacementLParen, MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
1168                   SourceLocation PlacementRParen, SourceRange TypeIdParens,
1169                   Declarator &D, Expr *Initializer) {
1170   bool TypeContainsAuto = D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType();
1171 
1172   Expr *ArraySize = nullptr;
1173   // If the specified type is an array, unwrap it and save the expression.
1174   if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0 &&
1175       D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array) {
1176      DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0);
1177     if (TypeContainsAuto)
1178       return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_new_array_of_auto)
1179         << D.getSourceRange());
1180     if (Chunk.Arr.hasStatic)
1181       return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_static_illegal_in_new)
1182         << D.getSourceRange());
1183     if (!Chunk.Arr.NumElts)
1184       return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_array_new_needs_size)
1185         << D.getSourceRange());
1186 
1187     ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts);
1188     D.DropFirstTypeObject();
1189   }
1190 
1191   // Every dimension shall be of constant size.
1192   if (ArraySize) {
1193     for (unsigned I = 0, N = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I < N; ++I) {
1194       if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Array)
1195         break;
1196 
1197       DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &Array = D.getTypeObject(I).Arr;
1198       if (Expr *NumElts = (Expr *)Array.NumElts) {
1199         if (!NumElts->isTypeDependent() && !NumElts->isValueDependent()) {
1200           if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
1201 	    // C++1y [expr.new]p6: Every constant-expression in a noptr-new-declarator
1202 	    //   shall be a converted constant expression (5.19) of type std::size_t
1203 	    //   and shall evaluate to a strictly positive value.
1204             unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
1205             assert(IntWidth && "Builtin type of size 0?");
1206             llvm::APSInt Value(IntWidth);
1207             Array.NumElts
1208              = CheckConvertedConstantExpression(NumElts, Context.getSizeType(), Value,
1209                                                 CCEK_NewExpr)
1210                  .get();
1211           } else {
1212             Array.NumElts
1213               = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(NumElts, nullptr,
1214                                                 diag::err_new_array_nonconst)
1215                   .get();
1216           }
1217           if (!Array.NumElts)
1218             return ExprError();
1219         }
1220       }
1221     }
1222   }
1223 
1224   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/nullptr);
1225   QualType AllocType = TInfo->getType();
1226   if (D.isInvalidType())
1227     return ExprError();
1228 
1229   SourceRange DirectInitRange;
1230   if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer))
1231     DirectInitRange = List->getSourceRange();
1232 
1233   return BuildCXXNew(SourceRange(StartLoc, D.getLocEnd()), UseGlobal,
1234                      PlacementLParen,
1235                      PlacementArgs,
1236                      PlacementRParen,
1237                      TypeIdParens,
1238                      AllocType,
1239                      TInfo,
1240                      ArraySize,
1241                      DirectInitRange,
1242                      Initializer,
1243                      TypeContainsAuto);
1244 }
1245 
1246 static bool isLegalArrayNewInitializer(CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle Style,
1247                                        Expr *Init) {
1248   if (!Init)
1249     return true;
1250   if (ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init))
1251     return PLE->getNumExprs() == 0;
1252   if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init))
1253     return true;
1254   else if (CXXConstructExpr *CCE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init))
1255     return !CCE->isListInitialization() &&
1256            CCE->getConstructor()->isDefaultConstructor();
1257   else if (Style == CXXNewExpr::ListInit) {
1258     assert(isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
1259            "Shouldn't create list CXXConstructExprs for arrays.");
1260     return true;
1261   }
1262   return false;
1263 }
1264 
1265 ExprResult
1266 Sema::BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
1267                   SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
1268                   MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
1269                   SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
1270                   SourceRange TypeIdParens,
1271                   QualType AllocType,
1272                   TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
1273                   Expr *ArraySize,
1274                   SourceRange DirectInitRange,
1275                   Expr *Initializer,
1276                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
1277   SourceRange TypeRange = AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
1278   SourceLocation StartLoc = Range.getBegin();
1279 
1280   CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle initStyle;
1281   if (DirectInitRange.isValid()) {
1282     assert(Initializer && "Have parens but no initializer.");
1283     initStyle = CXXNewExpr::CallInit;
1284   } else if (Initializer && isa<InitListExpr>(Initializer))
1285     initStyle = CXXNewExpr::ListInit;
1286   else {
1287     assert((!Initializer || isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Initializer) ||
1288             isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer)) &&
1289            "Initializer expression that cannot have been implicitly created.");
1290     initStyle = CXXNewExpr::NoInit;
1291   }
1292 
1293   Expr **Inits = &Initializer;
1294   unsigned NumInits = Initializer ? 1 : 0;
1295   if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) {
1296     assert(initStyle == CXXNewExpr::CallInit && "paren init for non-call init");
1297     Inits = List->getExprs();
1298     NumInits = List->getNumExprs();
1299   }
1300 
1301   // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
1302   if (TypeMayContainAuto && AllocType->isUndeducedType()) {
1303     if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit || NumInits == 0)
1304       return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_requires_ctor_arg)
1305                        << AllocType << TypeRange);
1306     if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit ||
1307         (NumInits == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Inits[0])))
1308       return ExprError(Diag(Inits[0]->getLocStart(),
1309                             diag::err_auto_new_list_init)
1310                        << AllocType << TypeRange);
1311     if (NumInits > 1) {
1312       Expr *FirstBad = Inits[1];
1313       return ExprError(Diag(FirstBad->getLocStart(),
1314                             diag::err_auto_new_ctor_multiple_expressions)
1315                        << AllocType << TypeRange);
1316     }
1317     Expr *Deduce = Inits[0];
1318     QualType DeducedType;
1319     if (DeduceAutoType(AllocTypeInfo, Deduce, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed)
1320       return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_deduction_failure)
1321                        << AllocType << Deduce->getType()
1322                        << TypeRange << Deduce->getSourceRange());
1323     if (DeducedType.isNull())
1324       return ExprError();
1325     AllocType = DeducedType;
1326   }
1327 
1328   // Per C++0x [expr.new]p5, the type being constructed may be a
1329   // typedef of an array type.
1330   if (!ArraySize) {
1331     if (const ConstantArrayType *Array
1332                               = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(AllocType)) {
1333       ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Array->getSize(),
1334                                          Context.getSizeType(),
1335                                          TypeRange.getEnd());
1336       AllocType = Array->getElementType();
1337     }
1338   }
1339 
1340   if (CheckAllocatedType(AllocType, TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange))
1341     return ExprError();
1342 
1343   if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit &&
1344       isStdInitializerList(AllocType, nullptr)) {
1345     Diag(AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
1346          diag::warn_dangling_std_initializer_list)
1347         << /*at end of FE*/0 << Inits[0]->getSourceRange();
1348   }
1349 
1350   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for the allocated
1351   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
1352       AllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
1353       AllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
1354     AllocType = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(AllocType,
1355                                     AllocType->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime());
1356   }
1357 
1358   QualType ResultType = Context.getPointerType(AllocType);
1359 
1360   if (ArraySize && ArraySize->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
1361     ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ArraySize);
1362     if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
1363     ArraySize = result.get();
1364   }
1365   // C++98 5.3.4p6: "The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have
1366   //   integral or enumeration type with a non-negative value."
1367   // C++11 [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] shall be of integral or unscoped
1368   //   enumeration type, or a class type for which a single non-explicit
1369   //   conversion function to integral or unscoped enumeration type exists.
1370   // C++1y [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] is implicitly converted to
1371   //   std::size_t.
1372   if (ArraySize && !ArraySize->isTypeDependent()) {
1373     ExprResult ConvertedSize;
1374     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
1375       assert(Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth() && "Builtin type of size 0?");
1376 
1377       ConvertedSize = PerformImplicitConversion(ArraySize, Context.getSizeType(),
1378 						AA_Converting);
1379 
1380       if (!ConvertedSize.isInvalid() &&
1381           ArraySize->getType()->getAs<RecordType>())
1382         // Diagnose the compatibility of this conversion.
1383         Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion)
1384           << ArraySize->getType() << 0 << "'size_t'";
1385     } else {
1386       class SizeConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser {
1387       protected:
1388         Expr *ArraySize;
1389 
1390       public:
1391         SizeConvertDiagnoser(Expr *ArraySize)
1392             : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false, false, false),
1393               ArraySize(ArraySize) {}
1394 
1395         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1396                                              QualType T) override {
1397           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_not_integral)
1398                    << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << T;
1399         }
1400 
1401         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(
1402             Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1403           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_incomplete_type)
1404                    << T << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
1405         }
1406 
1407         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
1408             Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override {
1409           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
1410         }
1411 
1412         SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(
1413             Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
1414           return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion)
1415                    << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
1416         }
1417 
1418         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(
1419             Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1420           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_ambiguous_conversion) << T;
1421         }
1422 
1423         SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(
1424             Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
1425           return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion)
1426                    << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
1427         }
1428 
1429         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1430                                                  QualType T,
1431                                                  QualType ConvTy) override {
1432           return S.Diag(Loc,
1433                         S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
1434                           ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion
1435                           : diag::ext_array_size_conversion)
1436                    << T << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
1437         }
1438       } SizeDiagnoser(ArraySize);
1439 
1440       ConvertedSize = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, ArraySize,
1441                                                           SizeDiagnoser);
1442     }
1443     if (ConvertedSize.isInvalid())
1444       return ExprError();
1445 
1446     ArraySize = ConvertedSize.get();
1447     QualType SizeType = ArraySize->getType();
1448 
1449     if (!SizeType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
1450       return ExprError();
1451 
1452     // C++98 [expr.new]p7:
1453     //   The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have integral type
1454     //   with a non-negative value.
1455     //
1456     // Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of
1457     // hand. Otherwise, if it's not a constant, we must have an unparenthesized
1458     // array type.
1459     //
1460     // Note: such a construct has well-defined semantics in C++11: it throws
1461     // std::bad_array_new_length.
1462     if (!ArraySize->isValueDependent()) {
1463       llvm::APSInt Value;
1464       // We've already performed any required implicit conversion to integer or
1465       // unscoped enumeration type.
1466       if (ArraySize->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context)) {
1467         if (Value < llvm::APSInt(
1468                         llvm::APInt::getNullValue(Value.getBitWidth()),
1469                                  Value.isUnsigned())) {
1470           if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
1471             Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
1472                  diag::warn_typecheck_negative_array_new_size)
1473               << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
1474           else
1475             return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
1476                                   diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size)
1477                              << ArraySize->getSourceRange());
1478         } else if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) {
1479           unsigned ActiveSizeBits =
1480             ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, AllocType, Value);
1481           if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
1482             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
1483               Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
1484                    diag::warn_array_new_too_large)
1485                 << Value.toString(10)
1486                 << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
1487             else
1488               return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
1489                                     diag::err_array_too_large)
1490                                << Value.toString(10)
1491                                << ArraySize->getSourceRange());
1492           }
1493         }
1494       } else if (TypeIdParens.isValid()) {
1495         // Can't have dynamic array size when the type-id is in parentheses.
1496         Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), diag::ext_new_paren_array_nonconst)
1497           << ArraySize->getSourceRange()
1498           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getBegin())
1499           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getEnd());
1500 
1501         TypeIdParens = SourceRange();
1502       }
1503     }
1504 
1505     // Note that we do *not* convert the argument in any way.  It can
1506     // be signed, larger than size_t, whatever.
1507   }
1508 
1509   FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = nullptr;
1510   FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
1511 
1512   if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
1513       !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(PlacementArgs) &&
1514       FindAllocationFunctions(StartLoc,
1515                               SourceRange(PlacementLParen, PlacementRParen),
1516                               UseGlobal, AllocType, ArraySize, PlacementArgs,
1517                               OperatorNew, OperatorDelete))
1518     return ExprError();
1519 
1520   // If this is an array allocation, compute whether the usual array
1521   // deallocation function for the type has a size_t parameter.
1522   bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
1523   if (ArraySize && !AllocType->isDependentType())
1524     UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize
1525       = doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType);
1526 
1527   SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllPlaceArgs;
1528   if (OperatorNew) {
1529     const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
1530         OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
1531     VariadicCallType CallType = Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction
1532                                                     : VariadicDoesNotApply;
1533 
1534     // We've already converted the placement args, just fill in any default
1535     // arguments. Skip the first parameter because we don't have a corresponding
1536     // argument.
1537     if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew, Proto, 1,
1538                                PlacementArgs, AllPlaceArgs, CallType))
1539       return ExprError();
1540 
1541     if (!AllPlaceArgs.empty())
1542       PlacementArgs = AllPlaceArgs;
1543 
1544     // FIXME: This is wrong: PlacementArgs misses out the first (size) argument.
1545     DiagnoseSentinelCalls(OperatorNew, PlacementLParen, PlacementArgs);
1546 
1547     // FIXME: Missing call to CheckFunctionCall or equivalent
1548   }
1549 
1550   // Warn if the type is over-aligned and is being allocated by global operator
1551   // new.
1552   if (PlacementArgs.empty() && OperatorNew &&
1553       (OperatorNew->isImplicit() ||
1554        getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OperatorNew->getLocStart()))) {
1555     if (unsigned Align = Context.getPreferredTypeAlign(AllocType.getTypePtr())){
1556       unsigned SuitableAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getSuitableAlign();
1557       if (Align > SuitableAlign)
1558         Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_overaligned_type)
1559             << AllocType
1560             << unsigned(Align / Context.getCharWidth())
1561             << unsigned(SuitableAlign / Context.getCharWidth());
1562     }
1563   }
1564 
1565   QualType InitType = AllocType;
1566   // Array 'new' can't have any initializers except empty parentheses.
1567   // Initializer lists are also allowed, in C++11. Rely on the parser for the
1568   // dialect distinction.
1569   if (ResultType->isArrayType() || ArraySize) {
1570     if (!isLegalArrayNewInitializer(initStyle, Initializer)) {
1571       SourceRange InitRange(Inits[0]->getLocStart(),
1572                             Inits[NumInits - 1]->getLocEnd());
1573       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange;
1574       return ExprError();
1575     }
1576     if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast_or_null<InitListExpr>(Initializer)) {
1577       // We do the initialization typechecking against the array type
1578       // corresponding to the number of initializers + 1 (to also check
1579       // default-initialization).
1580       unsigned NumElements = ILE->getNumInits() + 1;
1581       InitType = Context.getConstantArrayType(AllocType,
1582           llvm::APInt(Context.getTypeSize(Context.getSizeType()), NumElements),
1583                                               ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1584     }
1585   }
1586 
1587   // If we can perform the initialization, and we've not already done so,
1588   // do it now.
1589   if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
1590       !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(
1591           llvm::makeArrayRef(Inits, NumInits))) {
1592     // C++11 [expr.new]p15:
1593     //   A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that
1594     //   object as follows:
1595     InitializationKind Kind
1596     //     - If the new-initializer is omitted, the object is default-
1597     //       initialized (8.5); if no initialization is performed,
1598     //       the object has indeterminate value
1599       = initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit
1600           ? InitializationKind::CreateDefault(TypeRange.getBegin())
1601     //     - Otherwise, the new-initializer is interpreted according to the
1602     //       initialization rules of 8.5 for direct-initialization.
1603           : initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit
1604               ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TypeRange.getBegin())
1605               : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TypeRange.getBegin(),
1606                                                  DirectInitRange.getBegin(),
1607                                                  DirectInitRange.getEnd());
1608 
1609     InitializedEntity Entity
1610       = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, InitType);
1611     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
1612     ExprResult FullInit = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
1613                                           MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
1614     if (FullInit.isInvalid())
1615       return ExprError();
1616 
1617     // FullInit is our initializer; strip off CXXBindTemporaryExprs, because
1618     // we don't want the initialized object to be destructed.
1619     if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Binder =
1620             dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(FullInit.get()))
1621       FullInit = Binder->getSubExpr();
1622 
1623     Initializer = FullInit.get();
1624   }
1625 
1626   // Mark the new and delete operators as referenced.
1627   if (OperatorNew) {
1628     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorNew, StartLoc))
1629       return ExprError();
1630     MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorNew);
1631   }
1632   if (OperatorDelete) {
1633     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorDelete, StartLoc))
1634       return ExprError();
1635     MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
1636   }
1637 
1638   // C++0x [expr.new]p17:
1639   //   If the new expression creates an array of objects of class type,
1640   //   access and ambiguity control are done for the destructor.
1641   QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType);
1642   if (ArraySize && !BaseAllocType->isDependentType()) {
1643     if (const RecordType *BaseRecordType = BaseAllocType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
1644       if (CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = LookupDestructor(
1645               cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRecordType->getDecl()))) {
1646         MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, dtor);
1647         CheckDestructorAccess(StartLoc, dtor,
1648                               PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor)
1649                                 << BaseAllocType);
1650         if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(dtor, StartLoc))
1651           return ExprError();
1652       }
1653     }
1654   }
1655 
1656   return new (Context)
1657       CXXNewExpr(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete,
1658                  UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, PlacementArgs, TypeIdParens,
1659                  ArraySize, initStyle, Initializer, ResultType, AllocTypeInfo,
1660                  Range, DirectInitRange);
1661 }
1662 
1663 /// \brief Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type
1664 /// in a new-expression.
1665 bool Sema::CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
1666                               SourceRange R) {
1667   // C++ 5.3.4p1: "[The] type shall be a complete object type, but not an
1668   //   abstract class type or array thereof.
1669   if (AllocType->isFunctionType())
1670     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
1671       << AllocType << 0 << R;
1672   else if (AllocType->isReferenceType())
1673     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
1674       << AllocType << 1 << R;
1675   else if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
1676            RequireCompleteType(Loc, AllocType, diag::err_new_incomplete_type,R))
1677     return true;
1678   else if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AllocType,
1679                                   diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
1680     return true;
1681   else if (AllocType->isVariablyModifiedType())
1682     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_variably_modified_new_type)
1683              << AllocType;
1684   else if (unsigned AddressSpace = AllocType.getAddressSpace())
1685     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_space_qualified_new)
1686       << AllocType.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace;
1687   else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
1688     if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(AllocType)) {
1689       QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AT);
1690       if (BaseAllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
1691           BaseAllocType->isObjCLifetimeType())
1692         return Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_new_array_without_ownership)
1693           << BaseAllocType;
1694     }
1695   }
1696 
1697   return false;
1698 }
1699 
1700 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is a non-placement
1701 /// deallocation function.
1702 static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
1703   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
1704     return false;
1705 
1706   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
1707     return Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction();
1708 
1709   if (FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Delete &&
1710       FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_Delete)
1711     return false;
1712 
1713   if (FD->getNumParams() == 1)
1714     return true;
1715 
1716   return S.getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && FD->getNumParams() == 2 &&
1717          S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FD->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1718                                           S.Context.getSizeType());
1719 }
1720 
1721 /// FindAllocationFunctions - Finds the overloads of operator new and delete
1722 /// that are appropriate for the allocation.
1723 bool Sema::FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
1724                                    bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType,
1725                                    bool IsArray, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
1726                                    FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
1727                                    FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete) {
1728   // --- Choosing an allocation function ---
1729   // C++ 5.3.4p8 - 14 & 18
1730   // 1) If UseGlobal is true, only look in the global scope. Else, also look
1731   //   in the scope of the allocated class.
1732   // 2) If an array size is given, look for operator new[], else look for
1733   //   operator new.
1734   // 3) The first argument is always size_t. Append the arguments from the
1735   //   placement form.
1736 
1737   SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs(1 + PlaceArgs.size());
1738   // We don't care about the actual value of this argument.
1739   // FIXME: Should the Sema create the expression and embed it in the syntax
1740   // tree? Or should the consumer just recalculate the value?
1741   IntegerLiteral Size(Context, llvm::APInt::getNullValue(
1742                       Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0)),
1743                       Context.getSizeType(),
1744                       SourceLocation());
1745   AllocArgs[0] = &Size;
1746   std::copy(PlaceArgs.begin(), PlaceArgs.end(), AllocArgs.begin() + 1);
1747 
1748   // C++ [expr.new]p8:
1749   //   If the allocated type is a non-array type, the allocation
1750   //   function's name is operator new and the deallocation function's
1751   //   name is operator delete. If the allocated type is an array
1752   //   type, the allocation function's name is operator new[] and the
1753   //   deallocation function's name is operator delete[].
1754   DeclarationName NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
1755                                         IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New);
1756   DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
1757                                         IsArray ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete);
1758 
1759   QualType AllocElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType);
1760 
1761   if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) {
1762     CXXRecordDecl *Record
1763       = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
1764     if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, Record,
1765                                /*AllowMissing=*/true, OperatorNew))
1766       return true;
1767   }
1768 
1769   if (!OperatorNew) {
1770     // Didn't find a member overload. Look for a global one.
1771     DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
1772     DeclContext *TUDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1773     bool FallbackEnabled = IsArray && Context.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat;
1774     if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, TUDecl,
1775                                /*AllowMissing=*/FallbackEnabled, OperatorNew,
1776                                /*Diagnose=*/!FallbackEnabled)) {
1777       if (!FallbackEnabled)
1778         return true;
1779 
1780       // MSVC will fall back on trying to find a matching global operator new
1781       // if operator new[] cannot be found.  Also, MSVC will leak by not
1782       // generating a call to operator delete or operator delete[], but we
1783       // will not replicate that bug.
1784       NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New);
1785       DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete);
1786       if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, TUDecl,
1787                                /*AllowMissing=*/false, OperatorNew))
1788       return true;
1789     }
1790   }
1791 
1792   // We don't need an operator delete if we're running under
1793   // -fno-exceptions.
1794   if (!getLangOpts().Exceptions) {
1795     OperatorDelete = nullptr;
1796     return false;
1797   }
1798 
1799   // C++ [expr.new]p19:
1800   //
1801   //   If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the
1802   //   deallocation function's name is looked up in the global
1803   //   scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or an
1804   //   array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in
1805   //   the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if
1806   //   the allocated type is not a class type or array thereof, the
1807   //   deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope.
1808   LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, DeleteName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1809   if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) {
1810     CXXRecordDecl *RD
1811       = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
1812     LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, RD);
1813   }
1814   if (FoundDelete.isAmbiguous())
1815     return true; // FIXME: clean up expressions?
1816 
1817   if (FoundDelete.empty()) {
1818     DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
1819     LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
1820   }
1821 
1822   FoundDelete.suppressDiagnostics();
1823 
1824   SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair,FunctionDecl*>, 2> Matches;
1825 
1826   // Whether we're looking for a placement operator delete is dictated
1827   // by whether we selected a placement operator new, not by whether
1828   // we had explicit placement arguments.  This matters for things like
1829   //   struct A { void *operator new(size_t, int = 0); ... };
1830   //   A *a = new A()
1831   bool isPlacementNew = (!PlaceArgs.empty() || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1);
1832 
1833   if (isPlacementNew) {
1834     // C++ [expr.new]p20:
1835     //   A declaration of a placement deallocation function matches the
1836     //   declaration of a placement allocation function if it has the
1837     //   same number of parameters and, after parameter transformations
1838     //   (8.3.5), all parameter types except the first are
1839     //   identical. [...]
1840     //
1841     // To perform this comparison, we compute the function type that
1842     // the deallocation function should have, and use that type both
1843     // for template argument deduction and for comparison purposes.
1844     //
1845     // FIXME: this comparison should ignore CC and the like.
1846     QualType ExpectedFunctionType;
1847     {
1848       const FunctionProtoType *Proto
1849         = OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
1850 
1851       SmallVector<QualType, 4> ArgTypes;
1852       ArgTypes.push_back(Context.VoidPtrTy);
1853       for (unsigned I = 1, N = Proto->getNumParams(); I < N; ++I)
1854         ArgTypes.push_back(Proto->getParamType(I));
1855 
1856       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
1857       EPI.Variadic = Proto->isVariadic();
1858 
1859       ExpectedFunctionType
1860         = Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, ArgTypes, EPI);
1861     }
1862 
1863     for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
1864                              DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
1865          D != DEnd; ++D) {
1866       FunctionDecl *Fn = nullptr;
1867       if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl
1868             = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) {
1869         // Perform template argument deduction to try to match the
1870         // expected function type.
1871         TemplateDeductionInfo Info(StartLoc);
1872         if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, nullptr, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn,
1873                                     Info))
1874           continue;
1875       } else
1876         Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl());
1877 
1878       if (Context.hasSameType(Fn->getType(), ExpectedFunctionType))
1879         Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn));
1880     }
1881   } else {
1882     // C++ [expr.new]p20:
1883     //   [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a
1884     //   non-placement allocation function. [...]
1885     for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
1886                              DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
1887          D != DEnd; ++D) {
1888       if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl()))
1889         if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, Fn))
1890           Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn));
1891     }
1892 
1893     // C++1y [expr.new]p22:
1894     //   For a non-placement allocation function, the normal deallocation
1895     //   function lookup is used
1896     // C++1y [expr.delete]p?:
1897     //   If [...] deallocation function lookup finds both a usual deallocation
1898     //   function with only a pointer parameter and a usual deallocation
1899     //   function with both a pointer parameter and a size parameter, then the
1900     //   selected deallocation function shall be the one with two parameters.
1901     //   Otherwise, the selected deallocation function shall be the function
1902     //   with one parameter.
1903     if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && Matches.size() == 2) {
1904       if (Matches[0].second->getNumParams() == 1)
1905         Matches.erase(Matches.begin());
1906       else
1907         Matches.erase(Matches.begin() + 1);
1908       assert(Matches[0].second->getNumParams() == 2 &&
1909              "found an unexpected usual deallocation function");
1910     }
1911   }
1912 
1913   // C++ [expr.new]p20:
1914   //   [...] If the lookup finds a single matching deallocation
1915   //   function, that function will be called; otherwise, no
1916   //   deallocation function will be called.
1917   if (Matches.size() == 1) {
1918     OperatorDelete = Matches[0].second;
1919 
1920     // C++0x [expr.new]p20:
1921     //   If the lookup finds the two-parameter form of a usual
1922     //   deallocation function (3.7.4.2) and that function, considered
1923     //   as a placement deallocation function, would have been
1924     //   selected as a match for the allocation function, the program
1925     //   is ill-formed.
1926     if (!PlaceArgs.empty() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
1927         isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, OperatorDelete)) {
1928       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete)
1929         << SourceRange(PlaceArgs.front()->getLocStart(),
1930                        PlaceArgs.back()->getLocEnd());
1931       if (!OperatorDelete->isImplicit())
1932         Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
1933           << DeleteName;
1934     } else {
1935       CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(),
1936                             Matches[0].first);
1937     }
1938   }
1939 
1940   return false;
1941 }
1942 
1943 /// \brief Find an fitting overload for the allocation function
1944 /// in the specified scope.
1945 ///
1946 /// \param StartLoc The location of the 'new' token.
1947 /// \param Range The range of the placement arguments.
1948 /// \param Name The name of the function ('operator new' or 'operator new[]').
1949 /// \param Args The placement arguments specified.
1950 /// \param Ctx The scope in which we should search; either a class scope or the
1951 ///        translation unit.
1952 /// \param AllowMissing If \c true, report an error if we can't find any
1953 ///        allocation functions. Otherwise, succeed but don't fill in \p
1954 ///        Operator.
1955 /// \param Operator Filled in with the found allocation function. Unchanged if
1956 ///        no allocation function was found.
1957 /// \param Diagnose If \c true, issue errors if the allocation function is not
1958 ///        usable.
1959 bool Sema::FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
1960                                   DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args,
1961                                   DeclContext *Ctx,
1962                                   bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
1963                                   bool Diagnose) {
1964   LookupResult R(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1965   LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx);
1966   if (R.empty()) {
1967     if (AllowMissing || !Diagnose)
1968       return false;
1969     return Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
1970       << Name << Range;
1971   }
1972 
1973   if (R.isAmbiguous())
1974     return true;
1975 
1976   R.suppressDiagnostics();
1977 
1978   OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(StartLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
1979   for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
1980        Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
1981     // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as
1982     // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate.
1983     NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl();
1984 
1985     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
1986       AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(),
1987                                    /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr,
1988                                    Args, Candidates,
1989                                    /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
1990       continue;
1991     }
1992 
1993     FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
1994     AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, Candidates,
1995                          /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
1996   }
1997 
1998   // Do the resolution.
1999   OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
2000   switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(*this, StartLoc, Best)) {
2001   case OR_Success: {
2002     // Got one!
2003     FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
2004     if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, R.getNamingClass(),
2005                               Best->FoundDecl, Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible)
2006       return true;
2007 
2008     Operator = FnDecl;
2009     return false;
2010   }
2011 
2012   case OR_No_Viable_Function:
2013     if (Diagnose) {
2014       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
2015         << Name << Range;
2016       Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
2017     }
2018     return true;
2019 
2020   case OR_Ambiguous:
2021     if (Diagnose) {
2022       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
2023         << Name << Range;
2024       Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args);
2025     }
2026     return true;
2027 
2028   case OR_Deleted: {
2029     if (Diagnose) {
2030       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
2031         << Best->Function->isDeleted()
2032         << Name
2033         << getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function)
2034         << Range;
2035       Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
2036     }
2037     return true;
2038   }
2039   }
2040   llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction");
2041 }
2042 
2043 
2044 /// DeclareGlobalNewDelete - Declare the global forms of operator new and
2045 /// delete. These are:
2046 /// @code
2047 ///   // C++03:
2048 ///   void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2049 ///   void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2050 ///   void operator delete(void *) throw();
2051 ///   void operator delete[](void *) throw();
2052 ///   // C++11:
2053 ///   void* operator new(std::size_t);
2054 ///   void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2055 ///   void operator delete(void *) noexcept;
2056 ///   void operator delete[](void *) noexcept;
2057 ///   // C++1y:
2058 ///   void* operator new(std::size_t);
2059 ///   void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2060 ///   void operator delete(void *) noexcept;
2061 ///   void operator delete[](void *) noexcept;
2062 ///   void operator delete(void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
2063 ///   void operator delete[](void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
2064 /// @endcode
2065 /// Note that the placement and nothrow forms of new are *not* implicitly
2066 /// declared. Their use requires including \<new\>.
2067 void Sema::DeclareGlobalNewDelete() {
2068   if (GlobalNewDeleteDeclared)
2069     return;
2070 
2071   // C++ [basic.std.dynamic]p2:
2072   //   [...] The following allocation and deallocation functions (18.4) are
2073   //   implicitly declared in global scope in each translation unit of a
2074   //   program
2075   //
2076   //     C++03:
2077   //     void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2078   //     void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2079   //     void  operator delete(void*) throw();
2080   //     void  operator delete[](void*) throw();
2081   //     C++11:
2082   //     void* operator new(std::size_t);
2083   //     void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2084   //     void  operator delete(void*) noexcept;
2085   //     void  operator delete[](void*) noexcept;
2086   //     C++1y:
2087   //     void* operator new(std::size_t);
2088   //     void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2089   //     void  operator delete(void*) noexcept;
2090   //     void  operator delete[](void*) noexcept;
2091   //     void  operator delete(void*, std::size_t) noexcept;
2092   //     void  operator delete[](void*, std::size_t) noexcept;
2093   //
2094   //   These implicit declarations introduce only the function names operator
2095   //   new, operator new[], operator delete, operator delete[].
2096   //
2097   // Here, we need to refer to std::bad_alloc, so we will implicitly declare
2098   // "std" or "bad_alloc" as necessary to form the exception specification.
2099   // However, we do not make these implicit declarations visible to name
2100   // lookup.
2101   if (!StdBadAlloc && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
2102     // The "std::bad_alloc" class has not yet been declared, so build it
2103     // implicitly.
2104     StdBadAlloc = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, TTK_Class,
2105                                         getOrCreateStdNamespace(),
2106                                         SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
2107                                       &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("bad_alloc"),
2108                                         nullptr);
2109     getStdBadAlloc()->setImplicit(true);
2110   }
2111 
2112   GlobalNewDeleteDeclared = true;
2113 
2114   QualType VoidPtr = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
2115   QualType SizeT = Context.getSizeType();
2116   bool AssumeSaneOperatorNew = getLangOpts().AssumeSaneOperatorNew;
2117 
2118   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2119       Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New),
2120       VoidPtr, SizeT, QualType(), AssumeSaneOperatorNew);
2121   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2122       Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_New),
2123       VoidPtr, SizeT, QualType(), AssumeSaneOperatorNew);
2124   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2125       Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete),
2126       Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
2127   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2128       Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete),
2129       Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
2130   if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation) {
2131     DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2132         Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete),
2133         Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr, Context.getSizeType());
2134     DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2135         Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete),
2136         Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr, Context.getSizeType());
2137   }
2138 }
2139 
2140 /// DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction - Declares a single implicit global
2141 /// allocation function if it doesn't already exist.
2142 void Sema::DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name,
2143                                            QualType Return,
2144                                            QualType Param1, QualType Param2,
2145                                            bool AddRestrictAttr) {
2146   DeclContext *GlobalCtx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
2147   unsigned NumParams = Param2.isNull() ? 1 : 2;
2148 
2149   // Check if this function is already declared.
2150   DeclContext::lookup_result R = GlobalCtx->lookup(Name);
2151   for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
2152        Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
2153     // Only look at non-template functions, as it is the predefined,
2154     // non-templated allocation function we are trying to declare here.
2155     if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Alloc)) {
2156       if (Func->getNumParams() == NumParams) {
2157         QualType InitialParam1Type =
2158             Context.getCanonicalType(Func->getParamDecl(0)
2159                                          ->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
2160         QualType InitialParam2Type =
2161             NumParams == 2
2162                 ? Context.getCanonicalType(Func->getParamDecl(1)
2163                                                ->getType().getUnqualifiedType())
2164                 : QualType();
2165         // FIXME: Do we need to check for default arguments here?
2166         if (InitialParam1Type == Param1 &&
2167             (NumParams == 1 || InitialParam2Type == Param2)) {
2168           if (AddRestrictAttr && !Func->hasAttr<RestrictAttr>())
2169             Func->addAttr(RestrictAttr::CreateImplicit(
2170                 Context, RestrictAttr::GNU_malloc));
2171           // Make the function visible to name lookup, even if we found it in
2172           // an unimported module. It either is an implicitly-declared global
2173           // allocation function, or is suppressing that function.
2174           Func->setHidden(false);
2175           return;
2176         }
2177       }
2178     }
2179   }
2180 
2181   FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
2182 
2183   QualType BadAllocType;
2184   bool HasBadAllocExceptionSpec
2185     = (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
2186        Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New);
2187   if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec) {
2188     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
2189       BadAllocType = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdBadAlloc());
2190       assert(StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared");
2191       EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_Dynamic;
2192       EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = llvm::makeArrayRef(BadAllocType);
2193     }
2194   } else {
2195     EPI.ExceptionSpec =
2196         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone;
2197   }
2198 
2199   QualType Params[] = { Param1, Param2 };
2200 
2201   QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType(
2202       Return, llvm::makeArrayRef(Params, NumParams), EPI);
2203   FunctionDecl *Alloc =
2204     FunctionDecl::Create(Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(),
2205                          SourceLocation(), Name,
2206                          FnType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, false, true);
2207   Alloc->setImplicit();
2208 
2209   // Implicit sized deallocation functions always have default visibility.
2210   Alloc->addAttr(VisibilityAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
2211                                                 VisibilityAttr::Default));
2212 
2213   if (AddRestrictAttr)
2214     Alloc->addAttr(
2215         RestrictAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, RestrictAttr::GNU_malloc));
2216 
2217   ParmVarDecl *ParamDecls[2];
2218   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumParams; ++I) {
2219     ParamDecls[I] = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(),
2220                                         SourceLocation(), nullptr,
2221                                         Params[I], /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
2222                                         SC_None, nullptr);
2223     ParamDecls[I]->setImplicit();
2224   }
2225   Alloc->setParams(llvm::makeArrayRef(ParamDecls, NumParams));
2226 
2227   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc);
2228   IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(Alloc, Name);
2229 }
2230 
2231 FunctionDecl *Sema::FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
2232                                                   bool CanProvideSize,
2233                                                   DeclarationName Name) {
2234   DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
2235 
2236   LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2237   LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
2238 
2239   // C++ [expr.new]p20:
2240   //   [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a
2241   //   non-placement allocation function. [...]
2242   llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 2> Matches;
2243   for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
2244                            DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
2245        D != DEnd; ++D) {
2246     if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*D))
2247       if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, Fn))
2248         Matches.push_back(Fn);
2249   }
2250 
2251   // C++1y [expr.delete]p?:
2252   //   If the type is complete and deallocation function lookup finds both a
2253   //   usual deallocation function with only a pointer parameter and a usual
2254   //   deallocation function with both a pointer parameter and a size
2255   //   parameter, then the selected deallocation function shall be the one
2256   //   with two parameters.  Otherwise, the selected deallocation function
2257   //   shall be the function with one parameter.
2258   if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && Matches.size() == 2) {
2259     unsigned NumArgs = CanProvideSize ? 2 : 1;
2260     if (Matches[0]->getNumParams() != NumArgs)
2261       Matches.erase(Matches.begin());
2262     else
2263       Matches.erase(Matches.begin() + 1);
2264     assert(Matches[0]->getNumParams() == NumArgs &&
2265            "found an unexpected usual deallocation function");
2266   }
2267 
2268   if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads)
2269     EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches);
2270 
2271   assert(Matches.size() == 1 &&
2272          "unexpectedly have multiple usual deallocation functions");
2273   return Matches.front();
2274 }
2275 
2276 bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
2277                                     DeclarationName Name,
2278                                     FunctionDecl* &Operator, bool Diagnose) {
2279   LookupResult Found(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2280   // Try to find operator delete/operator delete[] in class scope.
2281   LookupQualifiedName(Found, RD);
2282 
2283   if (Found.isAmbiguous())
2284     return true;
2285 
2286   Found.suppressDiagnostics();
2287 
2288   SmallVector<DeclAccessPair,4> Matches;
2289   for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end();
2290        F != FEnd; ++F) {
2291     NamedDecl *ND = (*F)->getUnderlyingDecl();
2292 
2293     // Ignore template operator delete members from the check for a usual
2294     // deallocation function.
2295     if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
2296       continue;
2297 
2298     if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND)->isUsualDeallocationFunction())
2299       Matches.push_back(F.getPair());
2300   }
2301 
2302   if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads)
2303     EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches);
2304 
2305   // There's exactly one suitable operator;  pick it.
2306   if (Matches.size() == 1) {
2307     Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0]->getUnderlyingDecl());
2308 
2309     if (Operator->isDeleted()) {
2310       if (Diagnose) {
2311         Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
2312         NoteDeletedFunction(Operator);
2313       }
2314       return true;
2315     }
2316 
2317     if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Found.getNamingClass(),
2318                               Matches[0], Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible)
2319       return true;
2320 
2321     return false;
2322 
2323   // We found multiple suitable operators;  complain about the ambiguity.
2324   } else if (!Matches.empty()) {
2325     if (Diagnose) {
2326       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
2327         << Name << RD;
2328 
2329       for (SmallVectorImpl<DeclAccessPair>::iterator
2330              F = Matches.begin(), FEnd = Matches.end(); F != FEnd; ++F)
2331         Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
2332              diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
2333     }
2334     return true;
2335   }
2336 
2337   // We did find operator delete/operator delete[] declarations, but
2338   // none of them were suitable.
2339   if (!Found.empty()) {
2340     if (Diagnose) {
2341       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
2342         << Name << RD;
2343 
2344       for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end();
2345            F != FEnd; ++F)
2346         Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
2347              diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
2348     }
2349     return true;
2350   }
2351 
2352   Operator = nullptr;
2353   return false;
2354 }
2355 
2356 namespace {
2357 /// \brief Checks whether delete-expression, and new-expression used for
2358 ///  initializing deletee have the same array form.
2359 class MismatchingNewDeleteDetector {
2360 public:
2361   enum MismatchResult {
2362     /// Indicates that there is no mismatch or a mismatch cannot be proven.
2363     NoMismatch,
2364     /// Indicates that variable is initialized with mismatching form of \a new.
2365     VarInitMismatches,
2366     /// Indicates that member is initialized with mismatching form of \a new.
2367     MemberInitMismatches,
2368     /// Indicates that 1 or more constructors' definitions could not been
2369     /// analyzed, and they will be checked again at the end of translation unit.
2370     AnalyzeLater
2371   };
2372 
2373   /// \param EndOfTU True, if this is the final analysis at the end of
2374   /// translation unit. False, if this is the initial analysis at the point
2375   /// delete-expression was encountered.
2376   explicit MismatchingNewDeleteDetector(bool EndOfTU)
2377       : IsArrayForm(false), Field(nullptr), EndOfTU(EndOfTU),
2378         HasUndefinedConstructors(false) {}
2379 
2380   /// \brief Checks whether pointee of a delete-expression is initialized with
2381   /// matching form of new-expression.
2382   ///
2383   /// If return value is \c VarInitMismatches or \c MemberInitMismatches at the
2384   /// point where delete-expression is encountered, then a warning will be
2385   /// issued immediately. If return value is \c AnalyzeLater at the point where
2386   /// delete-expression is seen, then member will be analyzed at the end of
2387   /// translation unit. \c AnalyzeLater is returned iff at least one constructor
2388   /// couldn't be analyzed. If at least one constructor initializes the member
2389   /// with matching type of new, the return value is \c NoMismatch.
2390   MismatchResult analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE);
2391   /// \brief Analyzes a class member.
2392   /// \param Field Class member to analyze.
2393   /// \param DeleteWasArrayForm Array form-ness of the delete-expression used
2394   /// for deleting the \p Field.
2395   MismatchResult analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, bool DeleteWasArrayForm);
2396   /// List of mismatching new-expressions used for initialization of the pointee
2397   llvm::SmallVector<const CXXNewExpr *, 4> NewExprs;
2398   /// Indicates whether delete-expression was in array form.
2399   bool IsArrayForm;
2400   FieldDecl *Field;
2401 
2402 private:
2403   const bool EndOfTU;
2404   /// \brief Indicates that there is at least one constructor without body.
2405   bool HasUndefinedConstructors;
2406   /// \brief Returns \c CXXNewExpr from given initialization expression.
2407   /// \param E Expression used for initializing pointee in delete-expression.
2408   /// E can be a single-element \c InitListExpr consisting of new-expression.
2409   const CXXNewExpr *getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E);
2410   /// \brief Returns whether member is initialized with mismatching form of
2411   /// \c new either by the member initializer or in-class initialization.
2412   ///
2413   /// If bodies of all constructors are not visible at the end of translation
2414   /// unit or at least one constructor initializes member with the matching
2415   /// form of \c new, mismatch cannot be proven, and this function will return
2416   /// \c NoMismatch.
2417   MismatchResult analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME);
2418   /// \brief Returns whether variable is initialized with mismatching form of
2419   /// \c new.
2420   ///
2421   /// If variable is initialized with matching form of \c new or variable is not
2422   /// initialized with a \c new expression, this function will return true.
2423   /// If variable is initialized with mismatching form of \c new, returns false.
2424   /// \param D Variable to analyze.
2425   bool hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D);
2426   /// \brief Checks whether the constructor initializes pointee with mismatching
2427   /// form of \c new.
2428   ///
2429   /// Returns true, if member is initialized with matching form of \c new in
2430   /// member initializer list. Returns false, if member is initialized with the
2431   /// matching form of \c new in this constructor's initializer or given
2432   /// constructor isn't defined at the point where delete-expression is seen, or
2433   /// member isn't initialized by the constructor.
2434   bool hasMatchingNewInCtor(const CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
2435   /// \brief Checks whether member is initialized with matching form of
2436   /// \c new in member initializer list.
2437   bool hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(const CXXCtorInitializer *CI);
2438   /// Checks whether member is initialized with mismatching form of \c new by
2439   /// in-class initializer.
2440   MismatchResult analyzeInClassInitializer();
2441 };
2442 }
2443 
2444 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2445 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) {
2446   NewExprs.clear();
2447   assert(DE && "Expected delete-expression");
2448   IsArrayForm = DE->isArrayForm();
2449   const Expr *E = DE->getArgument()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
2450   if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<const MemberExpr>(E)) {
2451     return analyzeMemberExpr(ME);
2452   } else if (const DeclRefExpr *D = dyn_cast<const DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
2453     if (!hasMatchingVarInit(D))
2454       return VarInitMismatches;
2455   }
2456   return NoMismatch;
2457 }
2458 
2459 const CXXNewExpr *
2460 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E) {
2461   assert(E != nullptr && "Expected a valid initializer expression");
2462   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
2463   if (const InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<const InitListExpr>(E)) {
2464     if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
2465       E = dyn_cast<const CXXNewExpr>(ILE->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
2466   }
2467 
2468   return dyn_cast_or_null<const CXXNewExpr>(E);
2469 }
2470 
2471 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(
2472     const CXXCtorInitializer *CI) {
2473   const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr;
2474   if (Field == CI->getMember() &&
2475       (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(CI->getInit()))) {
2476     if (NE->isArray() == IsArrayForm)
2477       return true;
2478     else
2479       NewExprs.push_back(NE);
2480   }
2481   return false;
2482 }
2483 
2484 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtor(
2485     const CXXConstructorDecl *CD) {
2486   if (CD->isImplicit())
2487     return false;
2488   const FunctionDecl *Definition = CD;
2489   if (!CD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && !CD->isDefined(Definition)) {
2490     HasUndefinedConstructors = true;
2491     return EndOfTU;
2492   }
2493   for (const auto *CI : cast<const CXXConstructorDecl>(Definition)->inits()) {
2494     if (hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(CI))
2495       return true;
2496   }
2497   return false;
2498 }
2499 
2500 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2501 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeInClassInitializer() {
2502   assert(Field != nullptr && "This should be called only for members");
2503   const Expr *InitExpr = Field->getInClassInitializer();
2504   if (!InitExpr)
2505     return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater;
2506   if (const CXXNewExpr *NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(InitExpr)) {
2507     if (NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) {
2508       NewExprs.push_back(NE);
2509       return MemberInitMismatches;
2510     }
2511   }
2512   return NoMismatch;
2513 }
2514 
2515 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2516 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field,
2517                                            bool DeleteWasArrayForm) {
2518   assert(Field != nullptr && "Analysis requires a valid class member.");
2519   this->Field = Field;
2520   IsArrayForm = DeleteWasArrayForm;
2521   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<const CXXRecordDecl>(Field->getParent());
2522   for (const auto *CD : RD->ctors()) {
2523     if (hasMatchingNewInCtor(CD))
2524       return NoMismatch;
2525   }
2526   if (HasUndefinedConstructors)
2527     return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater;
2528   if (!NewExprs.empty())
2529     return MemberInitMismatches;
2530   return Field->hasInClassInitializer() ? analyzeInClassInitializer()
2531                                         : NoMismatch;
2532 }
2533 
2534 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2535 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME) {
2536   assert(ME != nullptr && "Expected a member expression");
2537   if (FieldDecl *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2538     return analyzeField(F, IsArrayForm);
2539   return NoMismatch;
2540 }
2541 
2542 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D) {
2543   const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr;
2544   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<const VarDecl>(D->getDecl())) {
2545     if (VD->hasInit() && (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(VD->getInit())) &&
2546         NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) {
2547       NewExprs.push_back(NE);
2548     }
2549   }
2550   return NewExprs.empty();
2551 }
2552 
2553 static void
2554 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
2555                             const MismatchingNewDeleteDetector &Detector) {
2556   SourceLocation EndOfDelete = SemaRef.getLocForEndOfToken(DeleteLoc);
2557   FixItHint H;
2558   if (!Detector.IsArrayForm)
2559     H = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndOfDelete, "[]");
2560   else {
2561     SourceLocation RSquare = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(
2562         DeleteLoc, tok::l_square, SemaRef.getSourceManager(),
2563         SemaRef.getLangOpts(), true);
2564     if (RSquare.isValid())
2565       H = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(EndOfDelete, RSquare));
2566   }
2567   SemaRef.Diag(DeleteLoc, diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new)
2568       << Detector.IsArrayForm << H;
2569 
2570   for (const auto *NE : Detector.NewExprs)
2571     SemaRef.Diag(NE->getExprLoc(), diag::note_allocated_here)
2572         << Detector.IsArrayForm;
2573 }
2574 
2575 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) {
2576   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new, SourceLocation()))
2577     return;
2578   MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/false);
2579   switch (Detector.analyzeDeleteExpr(DE)) {
2580   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches:
2581   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: {
2582     DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DE->getLocStart(), Detector);
2583     break;
2584   }
2585   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: {
2586     DeleteExprs[Detector.Field].push_back(
2587         std::make_pair(DE->getLocStart(), DE->isArrayForm()));
2588     break;
2589   }
2590   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch:
2591     break;
2592   }
2593 }
2594 
2595 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
2596                                      bool DeleteWasArrayForm) {
2597   MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/true);
2598   switch (Detector.analyzeField(Field, DeleteWasArrayForm)) {
2599   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches:
2600     llvm_unreachable("This analysis should have been done for class members.");
2601   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater:
2602     llvm_unreachable("Analysis cannot be postponed any point beyond end of "
2603                      "translation unit.");
2604   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches:
2605     DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DeleteLoc, Detector);
2606     break;
2607   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch:
2608     break;
2609   }
2610 }
2611 
2612 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression (C++ 5.3.5), as in:
2613 /// @code ::delete ptr; @endcode
2614 /// or
2615 /// @code delete [] ptr; @endcode
2616 ExprResult
2617 Sema::ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
2618                      bool ArrayForm, Expr *ExE) {
2619   // C++ [expr.delete]p1:
2620   //   The operand shall have a pointer type, or a class type having a single
2621   //   non-explicit conversion function to a pointer type. The result has type
2622   //   void.
2623   //
2624   // DR599 amends "pointer type" to "pointer to object type" in both cases.
2625 
2626   ExprResult Ex = ExE;
2627   FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
2628   bool ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayForm;
2629   bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
2630 
2631   if (!Ex.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
2632     // Perform lvalue-to-rvalue cast, if needed.
2633     Ex = DefaultLvalueConversion(Ex.get());
2634     if (Ex.isInvalid())
2635       return ExprError();
2636 
2637     QualType Type = Ex.get()->getType();
2638 
2639     class DeleteConverter : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
2640     public:
2641       DeleteConverter() : ContextualImplicitConverter(false, true) {}
2642 
2643       bool match(QualType ConvType) override {
2644         // FIXME: If we have an operator T* and an operator void*, we must pick
2645         // the operator T*.
2646         if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
2647           if (ConvPtrType->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
2648             return true;
2649         return false;
2650       }
2651 
2652       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
2653                                             QualType T) override {
2654         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_operand) << T;
2655       }
2656 
2657       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
2658                                                QualType T) override {
2659         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_incomplete_class_type) << T;
2660       }
2661 
2662       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
2663                                                  QualType T,
2664                                                  QualType ConvTy) override {
2665         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
2666       }
2667 
2668       SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
2669                                              QualType ConvTy) override {
2670         return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion)
2671           << ConvTy;
2672       }
2673 
2674       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
2675                                               QualType T) override {
2676         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ambiguous_delete_operand) << T;
2677       }
2678 
2679       SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
2680                                           QualType ConvTy) override {
2681         return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion)
2682           << ConvTy;
2683       }
2684 
2685       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
2686                                                QualType T,
2687                                                QualType ConvTy) override {
2688         llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted");
2689       }
2690     } Converter;
2691 
2692     Ex = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, Ex.get(), Converter);
2693     if (Ex.isInvalid())
2694       return ExprError();
2695     Type = Ex.get()->getType();
2696     if (!Converter.match(Type))
2697       // FIXME: PerformContextualImplicitConversion should return ExprError
2698       //        itself in this case.
2699       return ExprError();
2700 
2701     QualType Pointee = Type->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2702     QualType PointeeElem = Context.getBaseElementType(Pointee);
2703 
2704     if (unsigned AddressSpace = Pointee.getAddressSpace())
2705       return Diag(Ex.get()->getLocStart(),
2706                   diag::err_address_space_qualified_delete)
2707                << Pointee.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace;
2708 
2709     CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = nullptr;
2710     if (Pointee->isVoidType() && !isSFINAEContext()) {
2711       // The C++ standard bans deleting a pointer to a non-object type, which
2712       // effectively bans deletion of "void*". However, most compilers support
2713       // this, so we treat it as a warning unless we're in a SFINAE context.
2714       Diag(StartLoc, diag::ext_delete_void_ptr_operand)
2715         << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange();
2716     } else if (Pointee->isFunctionType() || Pointee->isVoidType()) {
2717       return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand)
2718         << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange());
2719     } else if (!Pointee->isDependentType()) {
2720       if (!RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee,
2721                                diag::warn_delete_incomplete, Ex.get())) {
2722         if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>())
2723           PointeeRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
2724       }
2725     }
2726 
2727     if (Pointee->isArrayType() && !ArrayForm) {
2728       Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_array_type)
2729           << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()
2730           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(PP.getLocForEndOfToken(StartLoc), "[]");
2731       ArrayForm = true;
2732     }
2733 
2734     DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
2735                                       ArrayForm ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete);
2736 
2737     if (PointeeRD) {
2738       if (!UseGlobal &&
2739           FindDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, PointeeRD, DeleteName,
2740                                    OperatorDelete))
2741         return ExprError();
2742 
2743       // If we're allocating an array of records, check whether the
2744       // usual operator delete[] has a size_t parameter.
2745       if (ArrayForm) {
2746         // If the user specifically asked to use the global allocator,
2747         // we'll need to do the lookup into the class.
2748         if (UseGlobal)
2749           UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
2750             doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, PointeeElem);
2751 
2752         // Otherwise, the usual operator delete[] should be the
2753         // function we just found.
2754         else if (OperatorDelete && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete))
2755           UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = (OperatorDelete->getNumParams() == 2);
2756       }
2757 
2758       if (!PointeeRD->hasIrrelevantDestructor())
2759         if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) {
2760           MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc,
2761                                     const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor));
2762           if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, StartLoc))
2763             return ExprError();
2764         }
2765 
2766       // C++ [expr.delete]p3:
2767       //   In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the
2768       //   object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static
2769       //   type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be
2770       //   deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the
2771       //   behavior is undefined.
2772       //
2773       // Note: a final class cannot be derived from, no issue there
2774       if (PointeeRD->isPolymorphic() && !PointeeRD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>()) {
2775         CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = PointeeRD->getDestructor();
2776         if (dtor && !dtor->isVirtual()) {
2777           if (PointeeRD->isAbstract()) {
2778             // If the class is abstract, we warn by default, because we're
2779             // sure the code has undefined behavior.
2780             Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_abstract_non_virtual_dtor)
2781                 << PointeeElem;
2782           } else if (!ArrayForm) {
2783             // Otherwise, if this is not an array delete, it's a bit suspect,
2784             // but not necessarily wrong.
2785             Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor) << PointeeElem;
2786           }
2787         }
2788       }
2789 
2790     }
2791 
2792     if (!OperatorDelete)
2793       // Look for a global declaration.
2794       OperatorDelete = FindUsualDeallocationFunction(
2795           StartLoc, !RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee, 0) &&
2796                     (!ArrayForm || UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize ||
2797                      Pointee.isDestructedType()),
2798           DeleteName);
2799 
2800     MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
2801 
2802     // Check access and ambiguity of operator delete and destructor.
2803     if (PointeeRD) {
2804       if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) {
2805           CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor,
2806                       PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem);
2807       }
2808     }
2809   }
2810 
2811   CXXDeleteExpr *Result = new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr(
2812       Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm, ArrayFormAsWritten,
2813       UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, OperatorDelete, Ex.get(), StartLoc);
2814   AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(Result);
2815   return Result;
2816 }
2817 
2818 /// \brief Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if,
2819 /// while, do-while, or switch statement.
2820 ExprResult Sema::CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
2821                                         SourceLocation StmtLoc,
2822                                         bool ConvertToBoolean) {
2823   if (ConditionVar->isInvalidDecl())
2824     return ExprError();
2825 
2826   QualType T = ConditionVar->getType();
2827 
2828   // C++ [stmt.select]p2:
2829   //   The declarator shall not specify a function or an array.
2830   if (T->isFunctionType())
2831     return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
2832                           diag::err_invalid_use_of_function_type)
2833                        << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
2834   else if (T->isArrayType())
2835     return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
2836                           diag::err_invalid_use_of_array_type)
2837                      << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
2838 
2839   ExprResult Condition = DeclRefExpr::Create(
2840       Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), ConditionVar,
2841       /*enclosing*/ false, ConditionVar->getLocation(),
2842       ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(), VK_LValue);
2843 
2844   MarkDeclRefReferenced(cast<DeclRefExpr>(Condition.get()));
2845 
2846   if (ConvertToBoolean) {
2847     Condition = CheckBooleanCondition(Condition.get(), StmtLoc);
2848     if (Condition.isInvalid())
2849       return ExprError();
2850   }
2851 
2852   return Condition;
2853 }
2854 
2855 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if a conversion to bool is invalid.
2856 ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr) {
2857   // C++ 6.4p4:
2858   // The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a statement
2859   // other than a switch statement is the value of the declared variable
2860   // implicitly converted to type bool. If that conversion is ill-formed, the
2861   // program is ill-formed.
2862   // The value of a condition that is an expression is the value of the
2863   // expression, implicitly converted to bool.
2864   //
2865   return PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr);
2866 }
2867 
2868 /// Helper function to determine whether this is the (deprecated) C++
2869 /// conversion from a string literal to a pointer to non-const char or
2870 /// non-const wchar_t (for narrow and wide string literals,
2871 /// respectively).
2872 bool
2873 Sema::IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) {
2874   // Look inside the implicit cast, if it exists.
2875   if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(From))
2876     From = Cast->getSubExpr();
2877 
2878   // A string literal (2.13.4) that is not a wide string literal can
2879   // be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to char"; a wide
2880   // string literal can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer
2881   // to wchar_t" (C++ 4.2p2).
2882   if (StringLiteral *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(From->IgnoreParens()))
2883     if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
2884       if (const BuiltinType *ToPointeeType
2885           = ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
2886         // This conversion is considered only when there is an
2887         // explicit appropriate pointer target type (C++ 4.2p2).
2888         if (!ToPtrType->getPointeeType().hasQualifiers()) {
2889           switch (StrLit->getKind()) {
2890             case StringLiteral::UTF8:
2891             case StringLiteral::UTF16:
2892             case StringLiteral::UTF32:
2893               // We don't allow UTF literals to be implicitly converted
2894               break;
2895             case StringLiteral::Ascii:
2896               return (ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_U ||
2897                       ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_S);
2898             case StringLiteral::Wide:
2899               return ToPointeeType->isWideCharType();
2900           }
2901         }
2902       }
2903 
2904   return false;
2905 }
2906 
2907 static ExprResult BuildCXXCastArgument(Sema &S,
2908                                        SourceLocation CastLoc,
2909                                        QualType Ty,
2910                                        CastKind Kind,
2911                                        CXXMethodDecl *Method,
2912                                        DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2913                                        bool HadMultipleCandidates,
2914                                        Expr *From) {
2915   switch (Kind) {
2916   default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast kind!");
2917   case CK_ConstructorConversion: {
2918     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method);
2919     SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs;
2920 
2921     if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(CastLoc, Ty,
2922                                  diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
2923       return ExprError();
2924 
2925     if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(Constructor, From, CastLoc, ConstructorArgs))
2926       return ExprError();
2927 
2928     S.CheckConstructorAccess(CastLoc, Constructor,
2929                              InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty),
2930                              Constructor->getAccess());
2931     if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc))
2932       return ExprError();
2933 
2934     ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXConstructExpr(
2935         CastLoc, Ty, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method),
2936         ConstructorArgs, HadMultipleCandidates,
2937         /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
2938         CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
2939     if (Result.isInvalid())
2940       return ExprError();
2941 
2942     return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.getAs<Expr>());
2943   }
2944 
2945   case CK_UserDefinedConversion: {
2946     assert(!From->getType()->isPointerType() && "Arg can't have pointer type!");
2947 
2948     S.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(CastLoc, From, /*arg*/ nullptr, FoundDecl);
2949     if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc))
2950       return ExprError();
2951 
2952     // Create an implicit call expr that calls it.
2953     CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Method);
2954     ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, FoundDecl, Conv,
2955                                                  HadMultipleCandidates);
2956     if (Result.isInvalid())
2957       return ExprError();
2958     // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast.
2959     Result = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get()->getType(),
2960                                       CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(),
2961                                       nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind());
2962 
2963     return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.get());
2964   }
2965   }
2966 }
2967 
2968 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
2969 /// expression From to the type ToType using the pre-computed implicit
2970 /// conversion sequence ICS. Returns the converted
2971 /// expression. Action is the kind of conversion we're performing,
2972 /// used in the error message.
2973 ExprResult
2974 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2975                                 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS,
2976                                 AssignmentAction Action,
2977                                 CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
2978   switch (ICS.getKind()) {
2979   case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: {
2980     ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.Standard,
2981                                                Action, CCK);
2982     if (Res.isInvalid())
2983       return ExprError();
2984     From = Res.get();
2985     break;
2986   }
2987 
2988   case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: {
2989 
2990       FunctionDecl *FD = ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction;
2991       CastKind CastKind;
2992       QualType BeforeToType;
2993       assert(FD && "no conversion function for user-defined conversion seq");
2994       if (const CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FD)) {
2995         CastKind = CK_UserDefinedConversion;
2996 
2997         // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a conversion function,
2998         // the initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to
2999         // the implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
3000         BeforeToType = Context.getTagDeclType(Conv->getParent());
3001       } else {
3002         const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD);
3003         CastKind = CK_ConstructorConversion;
3004         // Do no conversion if dealing with ... for the first conversion.
3005         if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
3006           // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a constructor, the
3007           // initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to
3008           // the type required by the argument of the constructor
3009           BeforeToType = Ctor->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType();
3010         }
3011       }
3012       // Watch out for ellipsis conversion.
3013       if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
3014         ExprResult Res =
3015           PerformImplicitConversion(From, BeforeToType,
3016                                     ICS.UserDefined.Before, AA_Converting,
3017                                     CCK);
3018         if (Res.isInvalid())
3019           return ExprError();
3020         From = Res.get();
3021       }
3022 
3023       ExprResult CastArg
3024         = BuildCXXCastArgument(*this,
3025                                From->getLocStart(),
3026                                ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
3027                                CastKind, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD),
3028                                ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction,
3029                                ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates,
3030                                From);
3031 
3032       if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3033         return ExprError();
3034 
3035       From = CastArg.get();
3036 
3037       return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined.After,
3038                                        AA_Converting, CCK);
3039   }
3040 
3041   case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion:
3042     ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, From->getExprLoc(),
3043                           PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition)
3044                             << From->getSourceRange());
3045      return ExprError();
3046 
3047   case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion:
3048     llvm_unreachable("Cannot perform an ellipsis conversion");
3049 
3050   case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
3051     return ExprError();
3052   }
3053 
3054   // Everything went well.
3055   return From;
3056 }
3057 
3058 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
3059 /// expression From to the type ToType by following the standard
3060 /// conversion sequence SCS. Returns the converted
3061 /// expression. Flavor is the context in which we're performing this
3062 /// conversion, for use in error messages.
3063 ExprResult
3064 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
3065                                 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
3066                                 AssignmentAction Action,
3067                                 CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
3068   bool CStyle = (CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast);
3069 
3070   // Overall FIXME: we are recomputing too many types here and doing far too
3071   // much extra work. What this means is that we need to keep track of more
3072   // information that is computed when we try the implicit conversion initially,
3073   // so that we don't need to recompute anything here.
3074   QualType FromType = From->getType();
3075 
3076   if (SCS.CopyConstructor) {
3077     // FIXME: When can ToType be a reference type?
3078     assert(!ToType->isReferenceType());
3079     if (SCS.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
3080       SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs;
3081       if (CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(SCS.CopyConstructor),
3082                                   From, /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(),
3083                                   ConstructorArgs))
3084         return ExprError();
3085       return BuildCXXConstructExpr(
3086           /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor,
3087           ConstructorArgs, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false,
3088           /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
3089           CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
3090     }
3091     return BuildCXXConstructExpr(
3092         /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor,
3093         From, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false,
3094         /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
3095         CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
3096   }
3097 
3098   // Resolve overloaded function references.
3099   if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, Context.OverloadTy)) {
3100     DeclAccessPair Found;
3101     FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType,
3102                                                           true, Found);
3103     if (!Fn)
3104       return ExprError();
3105 
3106     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, From->getLocStart()))
3107       return ExprError();
3108 
3109     From = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, Found, Fn);
3110     FromType = From->getType();
3111   }
3112 
3113   // If we're converting to an atomic type, first convert to the corresponding
3114   // non-atomic type.
3115   QualType ToAtomicType;
3116   if (const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
3117     ToAtomicType = ToType;
3118     ToType = ToAtomic->getValueType();
3119   }
3120 
3121   // Perform the first implicit conversion.
3122   switch (SCS.First) {
3123   case ICK_Identity:
3124     if (const AtomicType *FromAtomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
3125       FromType = FromAtomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType();
3126       From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, FromType, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic,
3127                                       From, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, VK_RValue);
3128     }
3129     break;
3130 
3131   case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: {
3132     assert(From->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty);
3133     ExprResult FromRes = DefaultLvalueConversion(From);
3134     assert(!FromRes.isInvalid() && "Can't perform deduced conversion?!");
3135     From = FromRes.get();
3136     FromType = From->getType();
3137     break;
3138   }
3139 
3140   case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
3141     FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
3142     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay,
3143                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3144     break;
3145 
3146   case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
3147     FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
3148     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay,
3149                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3150     break;
3151 
3152   default:
3153     llvm_unreachable("Improper first standard conversion");
3154   }
3155 
3156   // Perform the second implicit conversion
3157   switch (SCS.Second) {
3158   case ICK_Identity:
3159     // C++ [except.spec]p5:
3160     //   [For] assignment to and initialization of pointers to functions,
3161     //   pointers to member functions, and references to functions: the
3162     //   target entity shall allow at least the exceptions allowed by the
3163     //   source value in the assignment or initialization.
3164     switch (Action) {
3165     case AA_Assigning:
3166     case AA_Initializing:
3167       // Note, function argument passing and returning are initialization.
3168     case AA_Passing:
3169     case AA_Returning:
3170     case AA_Sending:
3171     case AA_Passing_CFAudited:
3172       if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
3173         return ExprError();
3174       break;
3175 
3176     case AA_Casting:
3177     case AA_Converting:
3178       // Casts and implicit conversions are not initialization, so are not
3179       // checked for exception specification mismatches.
3180       break;
3181     }
3182     // Nothing else to do.
3183     break;
3184 
3185   case ICK_NoReturn_Adjustment:
3186     // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could
3187     // be incompatible exception declarations.
3188     if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
3189       return ExprError();
3190 
3191     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp,
3192                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3193     break;
3194 
3195   case ICK_Integral_Promotion:
3196   case ICK_Integral_Conversion:
3197     if (ToType->isBooleanType()) {
3198       assert(FromType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isFixed() &&
3199              SCS.Second == ICK_Integral_Promotion &&
3200              "only enums with fixed underlying type can promote to bool");
3201       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToBoolean,
3202                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3203     } else {
3204       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralCast,
3205                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3206     }
3207     break;
3208 
3209   case ICK_Floating_Promotion:
3210   case ICK_Floating_Conversion:
3211     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast,
3212                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3213     break;
3214 
3215   case ICK_Complex_Promotion:
3216   case ICK_Complex_Conversion: {
3217     QualType FromEl = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
3218     QualType ToEl = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
3219     CastKind CK;
3220     if (FromEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
3221       if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType())
3222         CK = CK_FloatingComplexCast;
3223       else
3224         CK = CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex;
3225     } else if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
3226       CK = CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex;
3227     } else {
3228       CK = CK_IntegralComplexCast;
3229     }
3230     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK,
3231                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3232     break;
3233   }
3234 
3235   case ICK_Floating_Integral:
3236     if (ToType->isRealFloatingType())
3237       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating,
3238                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3239     else
3240       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral,
3241                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3242     break;
3243 
3244   case ICK_Compatible_Conversion:
3245       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp,
3246                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3247     break;
3248 
3249   case ICK_Writeback_Conversion:
3250   case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: {
3251     if (SCS.IncompatibleObjC && Action != AA_Casting) {
3252       // Diagnose incompatible Objective-C conversions
3253       if (Action == AA_Initializing || Action == AA_Assigning)
3254         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3255              diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
3256           << ToType << From->getType() << Action
3257           << From->getSourceRange() << 0;
3258       else
3259         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3260              diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
3261           << From->getType() << ToType << Action
3262           << From->getSourceRange() << 0;
3263 
3264       if (From->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3265           ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3266         EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(From);
3267     }
3268     else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
3269              !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(ToType,
3270                                                     From->getType())) {
3271       if (Action == AA_Initializing)
3272         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3273              diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign);
3274       else
3275         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3276              diag::err_arc_convesion_of_weak_unavailable)
3277           << (Action == AA_Casting) << From->getType() << ToType
3278           << From->getSourceRange();
3279     }
3280 
3281     CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
3282     CXXCastPath BasePath;
3283     if (CheckPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
3284       return ExprError();
3285 
3286     // Make sure we extend blocks if necessary.
3287     // FIXME: doing this here is really ugly.
3288     if (Kind == CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast) {
3289       ExprResult E = From;
3290       (void) PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(E);
3291       From = E.get();
3292     }
3293     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
3294       CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(), ToType, From, CCK);
3295     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK)
3296              .get();
3297     break;
3298   }
3299 
3300   case ICK_Pointer_Member: {
3301     CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
3302     CXXCastPath BasePath;
3303     if (CheckMemberPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
3304       return ExprError();
3305     if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
3306       return ExprError();
3307 
3308     // We may not have been able to figure out what this member pointer resolved
3309     // to up until this exact point.  Attempt to lock-in it's inheritance model.
3310     if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
3311       RequireCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), From->getType(), 0);
3312       RequireCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), ToType, 0);
3313     }
3314 
3315     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK)
3316              .get();
3317     break;
3318   }
3319 
3320   case ICK_Boolean_Conversion:
3321     // Perform half-to-boolean conversion via float.
3322     if (From->getType()->isHalfType()) {
3323       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
3324       FromType = Context.FloatTy;
3325     }
3326 
3327     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.BoolTy,
3328                              ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType),
3329                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3330     break;
3331 
3332   case ICK_Derived_To_Base: {
3333     CXXCastPath BasePath;
3334     if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(From->getType(),
3335                                      ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
3336                                      From->getLocStart(),
3337                                      From->getSourceRange(),
3338                                      &BasePath,
3339                                      CStyle))
3340       return ExprError();
3341 
3342     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
3343                       CK_DerivedToBase, From->getValueKind(),
3344                       &BasePath, CCK).get();
3345     break;
3346   }
3347 
3348   case ICK_Vector_Conversion:
3349     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast,
3350                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3351     break;
3352 
3353   case ICK_Vector_Splat:
3354     // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector.
3355     // Cast to the element type.
3356     {
3357       QualType elType = ToType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3358       if (elType != From->getType()) {
3359         ExprResult E = From;
3360         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, elType,
3361                                  PrepareScalarCast(E, elType)).get();
3362       }
3363       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_VectorSplat,
3364                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3365     }
3366     break;
3367 
3368   case ICK_Complex_Real:
3369     // Case 1.  x -> _Complex y
3370     if (const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3371       QualType ElType = ToComplex->getElementType();
3372       bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();
3373 
3374       // x -> y
3375       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, From->getType())) {
3376         // do nothing
3377       } else if (From->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) {
3378         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
3379                 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).get();
3380       } else {
3381         assert(From->getType()->isIntegerType());
3382         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
3383                 isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).get();
3384       }
3385       // y -> _Complex y
3386       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3387                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingRealToComplex
3388                                      : CK_IntegralRealToComplex).get();
3389 
3390     // Case 2.  _Complex x -> y
3391     } else {
3392       const ComplexType *FromComplex = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>();
3393       assert(FromComplex);
3394 
3395       QualType ElType = FromComplex->getElementType();
3396       bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();
3397 
3398       // _Complex x -> x
3399       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
3400                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingComplexToReal
3401                                      : CK_IntegralComplexToReal,
3402                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3403 
3404       // x -> y
3405       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, ToType)) {
3406         // do nothing
3407       } else if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) {
3408         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3409                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_IntegralToFloating,
3410                                  VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3411       } else {
3412         assert(ToType->isIntegerType());
3413         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3414                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral : CK_IntegralCast,
3415                                  VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3416       }
3417     }
3418     break;
3419 
3420   case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: {
3421     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getUnqualifiedType(), CK_BitCast,
3422                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3423     break;
3424   }
3425 
3426   case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: {
3427     ExprResult FromRes = From;
3428     Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy =
3429       CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, FromRes);
3430     if (FromRes.isInvalid())
3431       return ExprError();
3432     From = FromRes.get();
3433     assert ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) &&
3434             "Improper transparent union conversion");
3435     (void)ConvTy;
3436     break;
3437   }
3438 
3439   case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion:
3440     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3441                              CK_ZeroToOCLEvent,
3442                              From->getValueKind()).get();
3443     break;
3444 
3445   case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue:
3446   case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
3447   case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
3448   case ICK_Qualification:
3449   case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds:
3450   case ICK_C_Only_Conversion:
3451     llvm_unreachable("Improper second standard conversion");
3452   }
3453 
3454   switch (SCS.Third) {
3455   case ICK_Identity:
3456     // Nothing to do.
3457     break;
3458 
3459   case ICK_Qualification: {
3460     // The qualification keeps the category of the inner expression, unless the
3461     // target type isn't a reference.
3462     ExprValueKind VK = ToType->isReferenceType() ?
3463                                   From->getValueKind() : VK_RValue;
3464     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonLValueExprType(Context),
3465                              CK_NoOp, VK, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3466 
3467     if (SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr &&
3468         !getLangOpts().WritableStrings) {
3469       Diag(From->getLocStart(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
3470            ? diag::ext_deprecated_string_literal_conversion
3471            : diag::warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion)
3472         << ToType.getNonReferenceType();
3473     }
3474 
3475     break;
3476   }
3477 
3478   default:
3479     llvm_unreachable("Improper third standard conversion");
3480   }
3481 
3482   // If this conversion sequence involved a scalar -> atomic conversion, perform
3483   // that conversion now.
3484   if (!ToAtomicType.isNull()) {
3485     assert(Context.hasSameType(
3486         ToAtomicType->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), From->getType()));
3487     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToAtomicType, CK_NonAtomicToAtomic,
3488                              VK_RValue, nullptr, CCK).get();
3489   }
3490 
3491   return From;
3492 }
3493 
3494 /// \brief Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait.
3495 ///
3496 /// If the particular type trait requires a complete type, tries to complete
3497 /// it. If completing the type fails, a diagnostic is emitted and false
3498 /// returned. If completing the type succeeds or no completion was required,
3499 /// returns true.
3500 static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S, TypeTrait UTT,
3501                                                 SourceLocation Loc,
3502                                                 QualType ArgTy) {
3503   // C++0x [meta.unary.prop]p3:
3504   //   For all of the class templates X declared in this Clause, instantiating
3505   //   that template with a template argument that is a class template
3506   //   specialization may result in the implicit instantiation of the template
3507   //   argument if and only if the semantics of X require that the argument
3508   //   must be a complete type.
3509   // We apply this rule to all the type trait expressions used to implement
3510   // these class templates. We also try to follow any GCC documented behavior
3511   // in these expressions to ensure portability of standard libraries.
3512   switch (UTT) {
3513   default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT");
3514     // is_complete_type somewhat obviously cannot require a complete type.
3515   case UTT_IsCompleteType:
3516     // Fall-through
3517 
3518     // These traits are modeled on the type predicates in C++0x
3519     // [meta.unary.cat] and [meta.unary.comp]. They are not specified as
3520     // requiring a complete type, as whether or not they return true cannot be
3521     // impacted by the completeness of the type.
3522   case UTT_IsVoid:
3523   case UTT_IsIntegral:
3524   case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
3525   case UTT_IsArray:
3526   case UTT_IsPointer:
3527   case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
3528   case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
3529   case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
3530   case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
3531   case UTT_IsEnum:
3532   case UTT_IsUnion:
3533   case UTT_IsClass:
3534   case UTT_IsFunction:
3535   case UTT_IsReference:
3536   case UTT_IsArithmetic:
3537   case UTT_IsFundamental:
3538   case UTT_IsObject:
3539   case UTT_IsScalar:
3540   case UTT_IsCompound:
3541   case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
3542     // Fall-through
3543 
3544     // These traits are modeled on type predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.prop]
3545     // which requires some of its traits to have the complete type. However,
3546     // the completeness of the type cannot impact these traits' semantics, and
3547     // so they don't require it. This matches the comments on these traits in
3548     // Table 49.
3549   case UTT_IsConst:
3550   case UTT_IsVolatile:
3551   case UTT_IsSigned:
3552   case UTT_IsUnsigned:
3553     return true;
3554 
3555     // C++0x [meta.unary.prop] Table 49 requires the following traits to be
3556     // applied to a complete type.
3557   case UTT_IsTrivial:
3558   case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
3559   case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
3560   case UTT_IsPOD:
3561   case UTT_IsLiteral:
3562   case UTT_IsEmpty:
3563   case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
3564   case UTT_IsAbstract:
3565   case UTT_IsInterfaceClass:
3566   case UTT_IsDestructible:
3567   case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible:
3568     // Fall-through
3569 
3570   // These traits require a complete type.
3571   case UTT_IsFinal:
3572   case UTT_IsSealed:
3573 
3574     // These trait expressions are designed to help implement predicates in
3575     // [meta.unary.prop] despite not being named the same. They are specified
3576     // by both GCC and the Embarcadero C++ compiler, and require the complete
3577     // type due to the overarching C++0x type predicates being implemented
3578     // requiring the complete type.
3579   case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
3580   case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign:
3581   case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
3582   case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
3583   case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
3584   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign:
3585   case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
3586   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor:
3587   case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
3588   case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
3589   case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
3590     // Arrays of unknown bound are expressly allowed.
3591     QualType ElTy = ArgTy;
3592     if (ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType())
3593       ElTy = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ArgTy)->getElementType();
3594 
3595     // The void type is expressly allowed.
3596     if (ElTy->isVoidType())
3597       return true;
3598 
3599     return !S.RequireCompleteType(
3600       Loc, ElTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
3601   }
3602 }
3603 
3604 static bool HasNoThrowOperator(const RecordType *RT, OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
3605                                Sema &Self, SourceLocation KeyLoc, ASTContext &C,
3606                                bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasTrivial)() const,
3607                                bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasNonTrivial)() const,
3608                                bool (CXXMethodDecl::*IsDesiredOp)() const)
3609 {
3610   CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
3611   if ((RD->*HasTrivial)() && !(RD->*HasNonTrivial)())
3612     return true;
3613 
3614   DeclarationName Name = C.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
3615   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, KeyLoc);
3616   LookupResult Res(Self, NameInfo, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
3617   if (Self.LookupQualifiedName(Res, RD)) {
3618     bool FoundOperator = false;
3619     Res.suppressDiagnostics();
3620     for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Res.begin(), OpEnd = Res.end();
3621          Op != OpEnd; ++Op) {
3622       if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Op))
3623         continue;
3624 
3625       CXXMethodDecl *Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Op);
3626       if((Operator->*IsDesiredOp)()) {
3627         FoundOperator = true;
3628         const FunctionProtoType *CPT =
3629           Operator->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3630         CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
3631         if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C))
3632           return false;
3633       }
3634     }
3635     return FoundOperator;
3636   }
3637   return false;
3638 }
3639 
3640 static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait UTT,
3641                                    SourceLocation KeyLoc, QualType T) {
3642   assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");
3643 
3644   ASTContext &C = Self.Context;
3645   switch(UTT) {
3646   default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT");
3647     // Type trait expressions corresponding to the primary type category
3648     // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.cat].
3649   case UTT_IsVoid:
3650     return T->isVoidType();
3651   case UTT_IsIntegral:
3652     return T->isIntegralType(C);
3653   case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
3654     return T->isFloatingType();
3655   case UTT_IsArray:
3656     return T->isArrayType();
3657   case UTT_IsPointer:
3658     return T->isPointerType();
3659   case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
3660     return T->isLValueReferenceType();
3661   case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
3662     return T->isRValueReferenceType();
3663   case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
3664     return T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
3665   case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
3666     return T->isMemberDataPointerType();
3667   case UTT_IsEnum:
3668     return T->isEnumeralType();
3669   case UTT_IsUnion:
3670     return T->isUnionType();
3671   case UTT_IsClass:
3672     return T->isClassType() || T->isStructureType() || T->isInterfaceType();
3673   case UTT_IsFunction:
3674     return T->isFunctionType();
3675 
3676     // Type trait expressions which correspond to the convenient composition
3677     // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.comp].
3678   case UTT_IsReference:
3679     return T->isReferenceType();
3680   case UTT_IsArithmetic:
3681     return T->isArithmeticType() && !T->isEnumeralType();
3682   case UTT_IsFundamental:
3683     return T->isFundamentalType();
3684   case UTT_IsObject:
3685     return T->isObjectType();
3686   case UTT_IsScalar:
3687     // Note: semantic analysis depends on Objective-C lifetime types to be
3688     // considered scalar types. However, such types do not actually behave
3689     // like scalar types at run time (since they may require retain/release
3690     // operations), so we report them as non-scalar.
3691     if (T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
3692       switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) {
3693       case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
3694       case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
3695         return true;
3696 
3697       case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
3698       case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
3699       case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
3700         return false;
3701       }
3702     }
3703 
3704     return T->isScalarType();
3705   case UTT_IsCompound:
3706     return T->isCompoundType();
3707   case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
3708     return T->isMemberPointerType();
3709 
3710     // Type trait expressions which correspond to the type property predicates
3711     // in C++0x [meta.unary.prop].
3712   case UTT_IsConst:
3713     return T.isConstQualified();
3714   case UTT_IsVolatile:
3715     return T.isVolatileQualified();
3716   case UTT_IsTrivial:
3717     return T.isTrivialType(C);
3718   case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
3719     return T.isTriviallyCopyableType(C);
3720   case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
3721     return T->isStandardLayoutType();
3722   case UTT_IsPOD:
3723     return T.isPODType(C);
3724   case UTT_IsLiteral:
3725     return T->isLiteralType(C);
3726   case UTT_IsEmpty:
3727     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3728       return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isEmpty();
3729     return false;
3730   case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
3731     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3732       return RD->isPolymorphic();
3733     return false;
3734   case UTT_IsAbstract:
3735     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3736       return RD->isAbstract();
3737     return false;
3738   case UTT_IsInterfaceClass:
3739     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3740       return RD->isInterface();
3741     return false;
3742   case UTT_IsFinal:
3743     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3744       return RD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>();
3745     return false;
3746   case UTT_IsSealed:
3747     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3748       if (FinalAttr *FA = RD->getAttr<FinalAttr>())
3749         return FA->isSpelledAsSealed();
3750     return false;
3751   case UTT_IsSigned:
3752     return T->isSignedIntegerType();
3753   case UTT_IsUnsigned:
3754     return T->isUnsignedIntegerType();
3755 
3756     // Type trait expressions which query classes regarding their construction,
3757     // destruction, and copying. Rather than being based directly on the
3758     // related type predicates in the standard, they are specified by both
3759     // GCC[1] and the Embarcadero C++ compiler[2], and Clang implements those
3760     // specifications.
3761     //
3762     //   1: http://gcc.gnu/.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
3763     //   2: http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
3764     //
3765     // Note that these builtins do not behave as documented in g++: if a class
3766     // has both a trivial and a non-trivial special member of a particular kind,
3767     // they return false! For now, we emulate this behavior.
3768     // FIXME: This appears to be a g++ bug: more complex cases reveal that it
3769     // does not correctly compute triviality in the presence of multiple special
3770     // members of the same kind. Revisit this once the g++ bug is fixed.
3771   case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
3772     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
3773     //   If __is_pod (type) is true then the trait is true, else if type is
3774     //   a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a trivial default
3775     //   constructor ([class.ctor]) then the trait is true, else it is false.
3776     if (T.isPODType(C))
3777       return true;
3778     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3779       return RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
3780              !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor();
3781     return false;
3782   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor:
3783     //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
3784     //  standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic
3785     //  behind std::is_trivially_move_constructible (20.9.4.3).
3786     if (T.isPODType(C))
3787       return true;
3788     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3789       return RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor();
3790     return false;
3791   case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
3792     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
3793     //   If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type then
3794     //   the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type
3795     //   with a trivial copy constructor ([class.copy]) then the trait
3796     //   is true, else it is false.
3797     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType())
3798       return true;
3799     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3800       return RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
3801              !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor();
3802     return false;
3803   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign:
3804     //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
3805     //  standard library headers. Specifically it is used as the logic
3806     //  behind std::is_trivially_move_assignable (20.9.4.3)
3807     if (T.isPODType(C))
3808       return true;
3809     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3810       return RD->hasTrivialMoveAssignment() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment();
3811     return false;
3812   case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
3813     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
3814     //   If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
3815     //   trait is false. Otherwise if __is_pod (type) is true then the
3816     //   trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type with
3817     //   a trivial copy assignment ([class.copy]) then the trait is
3818     //   true, else it is false.
3819     // Note: the const and reference restrictions are interesting,
3820     // given that const and reference members don't prevent a class
3821     // from having a trivial copy assignment operator (but do cause
3822     // errors if the copy assignment operator is actually used, q.v.
3823     // [class.copy]p12).
3824 
3825     if (T.isConstQualified())
3826       return false;
3827     if (T.isPODType(C))
3828       return true;
3829     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3830       return RD->hasTrivialCopyAssignment() &&
3831              !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment();
3832     return false;
3833   case UTT_IsDestructible:
3834   case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible:
3835     // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
3836     //   For reference types, is_destructible<T>::value is true.
3837     if (T->isReferenceType())
3838       return true;
3839 
3840     // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction.
3841     if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() &&
3842         T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing)
3843       return true;
3844 
3845     // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
3846     //   For incomplete types and function types, is_destructible<T>::value is
3847     //   false.
3848     if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType())
3849       return false;
3850 
3851     // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
3852     //   For object types and given U equal to remove_all_extents_t<T>, if the
3853     //   expression std::declval<U&>().~U() is well-formed when treated as an
3854     //   unevaluated operand (Clause 5), then is_destructible<T>::value is true
3855     if (auto *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
3856       CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD);
3857       if (!Destructor)
3858         return false;
3859       //  C++14 [dcl.fct.def.delete]p2:
3860       //    A program that refers to a deleted function implicitly or
3861       //    explicitly, other than to declare it, is ill-formed.
3862       if (Destructor->isDeleted())
3863         return false;
3864       if (C.getLangOpts().AccessControl && Destructor->getAccess() != AS_public)
3865         return false;
3866       if (UTT == UTT_IsNothrowDestructible) {
3867         const FunctionProtoType *CPT =
3868             Destructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3869         CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
3870         if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C))
3871           return false;
3872       }
3873     }
3874     return true;
3875 
3876   case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
3877     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
3878     //   If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type
3879     //   then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union
3880     //   type (or array thereof) with a trivial destructor
3881     //   ([class.dtor]) then the trait is true, else it is
3882     //   false.
3883     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType())
3884       return true;
3885 
3886     // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction.
3887     if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() &&
3888         T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing)
3889       return true;
3890 
3891     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3892       return RD->hasTrivialDestructor();
3893     return false;
3894   // TODO: Propagate nothrowness for implicitly declared special members.
3895   case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
3896     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
3897     //   If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
3898     //   trait is false. Otherwise if __has_trivial_assign (type)
3899     //   is true then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class
3900     //   or union type with copy assignment operators that are known
3901     //   not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
3902     //   false.
3903     if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified())
3904       return false;
3905     if (T->isReferenceType())
3906       return false;
3907     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
3908       return true;
3909 
3910     if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>())
3911       return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C,
3912                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment,
3913                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment,
3914                                 &CXXMethodDecl::isCopyAssignmentOperator);
3915     return false;
3916   case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign:
3917     //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
3918     //  standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic
3919     //  behind std::is_nothrow_move_assignable (20.9.4.3).
3920     if (T.isPODType(C))
3921       return true;
3922 
3923     if (const RecordType *RT = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>())
3924       return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C,
3925                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialMoveAssignment,
3926                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment,
3927                                 &CXXMethodDecl::isMoveAssignmentOperator);
3928     return false;
3929   case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
3930     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
3931     //   If __has_trivial_copy (type) is true then the trait is true, else
3932     //   if type is a cv class or union type with copy constructors that are
3933     //   known not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
3934     //   false.
3935     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType() || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
3936       return true;
3937     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
3938       if (RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
3939           !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
3940         return true;
3941 
3942       bool FoundConstructor = false;
3943       unsigned FoundTQs;
3944       for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) {
3945         // A template constructor is never a copy constructor.
3946         // FIXME: However, it may actually be selected at the actual overload
3947         // resolution point.
3948         if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
3949           continue;
3950         const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND);
3951         if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor(FoundTQs)) {
3952           FoundConstructor = true;
3953           const FunctionProtoType *CPT
3954               = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3955           CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
3956           if (!CPT)
3957             return false;
3958           // TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
3959           // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
3960           if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 1)
3961             return false;
3962         }
3963       }
3964 
3965       return FoundConstructor;
3966     }
3967     return false;
3968   case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
3969     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
3970     //   If __has_trivial_constructor (type) is true then the trait is
3971     //   true, else if type is a cv class or union type (or array
3972     //   thereof) with a default constructor that is known not to
3973     //   throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is false.
3974     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
3975       return true;
3976     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
3977       if (RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
3978           !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor())
3979         return true;
3980 
3981       bool FoundConstructor = false;
3982       for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) {
3983         // FIXME: In C++0x, a constructor template can be a default constructor.
3984         if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
3985           continue;
3986         const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND);
3987         if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
3988           FoundConstructor = true;
3989           const FunctionProtoType *CPT
3990               = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3991           CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
3992           if (!CPT)
3993             return false;
3994           // FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
3995           // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
3996           if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 0)
3997             return false;
3998         }
3999       }
4000       return FoundConstructor;
4001     }
4002     return false;
4003   case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
4004     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4005     //   If type is a class type with a virtual destructor ([class.dtor])
4006     //   then the trait is true, else it is false.
4007     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4008       if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD))
4009         return Destructor->isVirtual();
4010     return false;
4011 
4012     // These type trait expressions are modeled on the specifications for the
4013     // Embarcadero C++0x type trait functions:
4014     //   http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
4015   case UTT_IsCompleteType:
4016     // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Is_complete_type_(typename_T_):
4017     //   Returns True if and only if T is a complete type at the point of the
4018     //   function call.
4019     return !T->isIncompleteType();
4020   }
4021 }
4022 
4023 /// \brief Determine whether T has a non-trivial Objective-C lifetime in
4024 /// ARC mode.
4025 static bool hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(QualType T) {
4026   switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) {
4027   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
4028     return false;
4029 
4030   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
4031   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
4032   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
4033     return true;
4034 
4035   case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
4036     return T->isObjCLifetimeType();
4037   }
4038 
4039   llvm_unreachable("Unknown ObjC lifetime qualifier");
4040 }
4041 
4042 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT,
4043                                     QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc);
4044 
4045 static bool evaluateTypeTrait(Sema &S, TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4046                               ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4047                               SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4048   if (Kind <= UTT_Last)
4049     return EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType());
4050 
4051   if (Kind <= BTT_Last)
4052     return EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, Args[0]->getType(),
4053                                    Args[1]->getType(), RParenLoc);
4054 
4055   switch (Kind) {
4056   case clang::TT_IsConstructible:
4057   case clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible:
4058   case clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible: {
4059     // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]:
4060     //   is_trivially_constructible is defined as:
4061     //
4062     //     is_constructible<T, Args...>::value is true and the variable
4063     //     definition for is_constructible, as defined below, is known to call
4064     //     no operation that is not trivial.
4065     //
4066     //   The predicate condition for a template specialization
4067     //   is_constructible<T, Args...> shall be satisfied if and only if the
4068     //   following variable definition would be well-formed for some invented
4069     //   variable t:
4070     //
4071     //     T t(create<Args>()...);
4072     assert(!Args.empty());
4073 
4074     // Precondition: T and all types in the parameter pack Args shall be
4075     // complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) void, or arrays of
4076     // unknown bound.
4077     for (const auto *TSI : Args) {
4078       QualType ArgTy = TSI->getType();
4079       if (ArgTy->isVoidType() || ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType())
4080         continue;
4081 
4082       if (S.RequireCompleteType(KWLoc, ArgTy,
4083           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4084         return false;
4085     }
4086 
4087     // Make sure the first argument is a complete type.
4088     if (Args[0]->getType()->isIncompleteType())
4089       return false;
4090 
4091     // Make sure the first argument is not an abstract type.
4092     CXXRecordDecl *RD = Args[0]->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
4093     if (RD && RD->isAbstract())
4094       return false;
4095 
4096     SmallVector<OpaqueValueExpr, 2> OpaqueArgExprs;
4097     SmallVector<Expr *, 2> ArgExprs;
4098     ArgExprs.reserve(Args.size() - 1);
4099     for (unsigned I = 1, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4100       QualType T = Args[I]->getType();
4101       if (T->isObjectType() || T->isFunctionType())
4102         T = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(T);
4103       OpaqueArgExprs.push_back(
4104         OpaqueValueExpr(Args[I]->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(),
4105                         T.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context),
4106                         Expr::getValueKindForType(T)));
4107     }
4108     for (Expr &E : OpaqueArgExprs)
4109       ArgExprs.push_back(&E);
4110 
4111     // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
4112     // trap at translation unit scope.
4113     EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(S, Sema::Unevaluated);
4114     Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(S, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
4115     Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(S, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
4116     InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Args[0]));
4117     InitializationKind InitKind(InitializationKind::CreateDirect(KWLoc, KWLoc,
4118                                                                  RParenLoc));
4119     InitializationSequence Init(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs);
4120     if (Init.Failed())
4121       return false;
4122 
4123     ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs);
4124     if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred())
4125       return false;
4126 
4127     if (Kind == clang::TT_IsConstructible)
4128       return true;
4129 
4130     if (Kind == clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible)
4131       return S.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot;
4132 
4133     if (Kind == clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible) {
4134       // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C
4135       // lifetime, this is a non-trivial construction.
4136       if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
4137           hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(Args[0]->getType().getNonReferenceType()))
4138         return false;
4139 
4140       // The initialization succeeded; now make sure there are no non-trivial
4141       // calls.
4142       return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(S.Context);
4143     }
4144 
4145     llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait");
4146     return false;
4147   }
4148     default: llvm_unreachable("not a TT");
4149   }
4150 
4151   return false;
4152 }
4153 
4154 ExprResult Sema::BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4155                                 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4156                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4157   QualType ResultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType();
4158 
4159   if (Kind <= UTT_Last && !CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(
4160                                *this, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType()))
4161     return ExprError();
4162 
4163   bool Dependent = false;
4164   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4165     if (Args[I]->getType()->isDependentType()) {
4166       Dependent = true;
4167       break;
4168     }
4169   }
4170 
4171   bool Result = false;
4172   if (!Dependent)
4173     Result = evaluateTypeTrait(*this, Kind, KWLoc, Args, RParenLoc);
4174 
4175   return TypeTraitExpr::Create(Context, ResultType, KWLoc, Kind, Args,
4176                                RParenLoc, Result);
4177 }
4178 
4179 ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4180                                 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
4181                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4182   SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 4> ConvertedArgs;
4183   ConvertedArgs.reserve(Args.size());
4184 
4185   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4186     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4187     QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Args[I], &TInfo);
4188     if (!TInfo)
4189       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, KWLoc);
4190 
4191     ConvertedArgs.push_back(TInfo);
4192   }
4193 
4194   return BuildTypeTrait(Kind, KWLoc, ConvertedArgs, RParenLoc);
4195 }
4196 
4197 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT,
4198                                     QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
4199   assert(!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() &&
4200          "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types");
4201 
4202   switch(BTT) {
4203   case BTT_IsBaseOf: {
4204     // C++0x [meta.rel]p2
4205     // Base is a base class of Derived without regard to cv-qualifiers or
4206     // Base and Derived are not unions and name the same class type without
4207     // regard to cv-qualifiers.
4208 
4209     const RecordType *lhsRecord = LhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
4210     if (!lhsRecord) return false;
4211 
4212     const RecordType *rhsRecord = RhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
4213     if (!rhsRecord) return false;
4214 
4215     assert(Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT)
4216              == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord));
4217 
4218     if (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)
4219       return !lhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion();
4220 
4221     // C++0x [meta.rel]p2:
4222     //   If Base and Derived are class types and are different types
4223     //   (ignoring possible cv-qualifiers) then Derived shall be a
4224     //   complete type.
4225     if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT,
4226                           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4227       return false;
4228 
4229     return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(rhsRecord->getDecl())
4230       ->isDerivedFrom(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(lhsRecord->getDecl()));
4231   }
4232   case BTT_IsSame:
4233     return Self.Context.hasSameType(LhsT, RhsT);
4234   case BTT_TypeCompatible:
4235     return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(LhsT.getUnqualifiedType(),
4236                                            RhsT.getUnqualifiedType());
4237   case BTT_IsConvertible:
4238   case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: {
4239     // C++0x [meta.rel]p4:
4240     //   Given the following function prototype:
4241     //
4242     //     template <class T>
4243     //       typename add_rvalue_reference<T>::type create();
4244     //
4245     //   the predicate condition for a template specialization
4246     //   is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if
4247     //   the return expression in the following code would be
4248     //   well-formed, including any implicit conversions to the return
4249     //   type of the function:
4250     //
4251     //     To test() {
4252     //       return create<From>();
4253     //     }
4254     //
4255     //   Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and
4256     //   From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression
4257     //   of the return-statement (including conversions to the return type)
4258     //   is considered.
4259     //
4260     // We model the initialization as a copy-initialization of a temporary
4261     // of the appropriate type, which for this expression is identical to the
4262     // return statement (since NRVO doesn't apply).
4263 
4264     // Functions aren't allowed to return function or array types.
4265     if (RhsT->isFunctionType() || RhsT->isArrayType())
4266       return false;
4267 
4268     // A return statement in a void function must have void type.
4269     if (RhsT->isVoidType())
4270       return LhsT->isVoidType();
4271 
4272     // A function definition requires a complete, non-abstract return type.
4273     if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 0) ||
4274         Self.RequireNonAbstractType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 0))
4275       return false;
4276 
4277     // Compute the result of add_rvalue_reference.
4278     if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType())
4279       LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT);
4280 
4281     // Build a fake source and destination for initialization.
4282     InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(RhsT));
4283     OpaqueValueExpr From(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
4284                          Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT));
4285     Expr *FromPtr = &From;
4286     InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc,
4287                                                            SourceLocation()));
4288 
4289     // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
4290     // trap at translation unit scope.
4291     EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated);
4292     Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
4293     Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
4294     InitializationSequence Init(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr);
4295     if (Init.Failed())
4296       return false;
4297 
4298     ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr);
4299     return !Result.isInvalid() && !SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred();
4300   }
4301 
4302   case BTT_IsNothrowAssignable:
4303   case BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable: {
4304     // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]p3:
4305     //   is_trivially_assignable is defined as:
4306     //     is_assignable<T, U>::value is true and the assignment, as defined by
4307     //     is_assignable, is known to call no operation that is not trivial
4308     //
4309     //   is_assignable is defined as:
4310     //     The expression declval<T>() = declval<U>() is well-formed when
4311     //     treated as an unevaluated operand (Clause 5).
4312     //
4313     //   For both, T and U shall be complete types, (possibly cv-qualified)
4314     //   void, or arrays of unknown bound.
4315     if (!LhsT->isVoidType() && !LhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
4316         Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, LhsT,
4317           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4318       return false;
4319     if (!RhsT->isVoidType() && !RhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
4320         Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT,
4321           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4322       return false;
4323 
4324     // cv void is never assignable.
4325     if (LhsT->isVoidType() || RhsT->isVoidType())
4326       return false;
4327 
4328     // Build expressions that emulate the effect of declval<T>() and
4329     // declval<U>().
4330     if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType())
4331       LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT);
4332     if (RhsT->isObjectType() || RhsT->isFunctionType())
4333       RhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(RhsT);
4334     OpaqueValueExpr Lhs(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
4335                         Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT));
4336     OpaqueValueExpr Rhs(KeyLoc, RhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
4337                         Expr::getValueKindForType(RhsT));
4338 
4339     // Attempt the assignment in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
4340     // trap at translation unit scope.
4341     EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated);
4342     Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
4343     Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
4344     ExprResult Result = Self.BuildBinOp(/*S=*/nullptr, KeyLoc, BO_Assign, &Lhs,
4345                                         &Rhs);
4346     if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred())
4347       return false;
4348 
4349     if (BTT == BTT_IsNothrowAssignable)
4350       return Self.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot;
4351 
4352     if (BTT == BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable) {
4353       // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C
4354       // lifetime, this is a non-trivial assignment.
4355       if (Self.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
4356           hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(LhsT.getNonReferenceType()))
4357         return false;
4358 
4359       return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(Self.Context);
4360     }
4361 
4362     llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait");
4363     return false;
4364   }
4365     default: llvm_unreachable("not a BTT");
4366   }
4367   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
4368 }
4369 
4370 ExprResult Sema::ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4371                                      SourceLocation KWLoc,
4372                                      ParsedType Ty,
4373                                      Expr* DimExpr,
4374                                      SourceLocation RParen) {
4375   TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo;
4376   QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo);
4377   if (!TSInfo)
4378     TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
4379 
4380   return BuildArrayTypeTrait(ATT, KWLoc, TSInfo, DimExpr, RParen);
4381 }
4382 
4383 static uint64_t EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(Sema &Self, ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4384                                            QualType T, Expr *DimExpr,
4385                                            SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
4386   assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");
4387 
4388   switch(ATT) {
4389   case ATT_ArrayRank:
4390     if (T->isArrayType()) {
4391       unsigned Dim = 0;
4392       while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
4393         ++Dim;
4394         T = AT->getElementType();
4395       }
4396       return Dim;
4397     }
4398     return 0;
4399 
4400   case ATT_ArrayExtent: {
4401     llvm::APSInt Value;
4402     uint64_t Dim;
4403     if (Self.VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(DimExpr, &Value,
4404           diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer,
4405           false).isInvalid())
4406       return 0;
4407     if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
4408       Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer)
4409         << DimExpr->getSourceRange();
4410       return 0;
4411     }
4412     Dim = Value.getLimitedValue();
4413 
4414     if (T->isArrayType()) {
4415       unsigned D = 0;
4416       bool Matched = false;
4417       while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
4418         if (Dim == D) {
4419           Matched = true;
4420           break;
4421         }
4422         ++D;
4423         T = AT->getElementType();
4424       }
4425 
4426       if (Matched && T->isArrayType()) {
4427         if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Self.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(T))
4428           return CAT->getSize().getLimitedValue();
4429       }
4430     }
4431     return 0;
4432   }
4433   }
4434   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
4435 }
4436 
4437 ExprResult Sema::BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4438                                      SourceLocation KWLoc,
4439                                      TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
4440                                      Expr* DimExpr,
4441                                      SourceLocation RParen) {
4442   QualType T = TSInfo->getType();
4443 
4444   // FIXME: This should likely be tracked as an APInt to remove any host
4445   // assumptions about the width of size_t on the target.
4446   uint64_t Value = 0;
4447   if (!T->isDependentType())
4448     Value = EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(*this, ATT, T, DimExpr, KWLoc);
4449 
4450   // While the specification for these traits from the Embarcadero C++
4451   // compiler's documentation says the return type is 'unsigned int', Clang
4452   // returns 'size_t'. On Windows, the primary platform for the Embarcadero
4453   // compiler, there is no difference. On several other platforms this is an
4454   // important distinction.
4455   return new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value, DimExpr,
4456                                           RParen, Context.getSizeType());
4457 }
4458 
4459 ExprResult Sema::ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
4460                                       SourceLocation KWLoc,
4461                                       Expr *Queried,
4462                                       SourceLocation RParen) {
4463   // If error parsing the expression, ignore.
4464   if (!Queried)
4465     return ExprError();
4466 
4467   ExprResult Result = BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, Queried, RParen);
4468 
4469   return Result;
4470 }
4471 
4472 static bool EvaluateExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, Expr *E) {
4473   switch (ET) {
4474   case ET_IsLValueExpr: return E->isLValue();
4475   case ET_IsRValueExpr: return E->isRValue();
4476   }
4477   llvm_unreachable("Expression trait not covered by switch");
4478 }
4479 
4480 ExprResult Sema::BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
4481                                       SourceLocation KWLoc,
4482                                       Expr *Queried,
4483                                       SourceLocation RParen) {
4484   if (Queried->isTypeDependent()) {
4485     // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
4486   } else if (Queried->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
4487     ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Queried);
4488     if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4489     return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.get(), RParen);
4490   }
4491 
4492   bool Value = EvaluateExpressionTrait(ET, Queried);
4493 
4494   return new (Context)
4495       ExpressionTraitExpr(KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value, RParen, Context.BoolTy);
4496 }
4497 
4498 QualType Sema::CheckPointerToMemberOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
4499                                             ExprValueKind &VK,
4500                                             SourceLocation Loc,
4501                                             bool isIndirect) {
4502   assert(!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
4503          !RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
4504          "placeholders should have been weeded out by now");
4505 
4506   // The LHS undergoes lvalue conversions if this is ->*.
4507   if (isIndirect) {
4508     LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
4509     if (LHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();
4510   }
4511 
4512   // The RHS always undergoes lvalue conversions.
4513   RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
4514   if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();
4515 
4516   const char *OpSpelling = isIndirect ? "->*" : ".*";
4517   // C++ 5.5p2
4518   //   The binary operator .* [p3: ->*] binds its second operand, which shall
4519   //   be of type "pointer to member of T" (where T is a completely-defined
4520   //   class type) [...]
4521   QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
4522   const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = RHSType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
4523   if (!MemPtr) {
4524     Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_rhs)
4525       << OpSpelling << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4526     return QualType();
4527   }
4528 
4529   QualType Class(MemPtr->getClass(), 0);
4530 
4531   // Note: C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p2-3 says that the class type into which the
4532   // member pointer points must be completely-defined. However, there is no
4533   // reason for this semantic distinction, and the rule is not enforced by
4534   // other compilers. Therefore, we do not check this property, as it is
4535   // likely to be considered a defect.
4536 
4537   // C++ 5.5p2
4538   //   [...] to its first operand, which shall be of class T or of a class of
4539   //   which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class. [p3: a pointer to
4540   //   such a class]
4541   QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
4542   if (isIndirect) {
4543     if (const PointerType *Ptr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>())
4544       LHSType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
4545     else {
4546       Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs)
4547         << OpSpelling << 1 << LHSType
4548         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ".*");
4549       return QualType();
4550     }
4551   }
4552 
4553   if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Class, LHSType)) {
4554     // If we want to check the hierarchy, we need a complete type.
4555     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, LHSType, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs,
4556                             OpSpelling, (int)isIndirect)) {
4557       return QualType();
4558     }
4559 
4560     if (!IsDerivedFrom(LHSType, Class)) {
4561       Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) << OpSpelling
4562         << (int)isIndirect << LHS.get()->getType();
4563       return QualType();
4564     }
4565 
4566     CXXCastPath BasePath;
4567     if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(LHSType, Class, Loc,
4568                                      SourceRange(LHS.get()->getLocStart(),
4569                                                  RHS.get()->getLocEnd()),
4570                                      &BasePath))
4571       return QualType();
4572 
4573     // Cast LHS to type of use.
4574     QualType UseType = isIndirect ? Context.getPointerType(Class) : Class;
4575     ExprValueKind VK = isIndirect ? VK_RValue : LHS.get()->getValueKind();
4576     LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK,
4577                             &BasePath);
4578   }
4579 
4580   if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) {
4581     // Diagnose use of pointer-to-member type which when used as
4582     // the functional cast in a pointer-to-member expression.
4583     Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_type) << isIndirect;
4584      return QualType();
4585   }
4586 
4587   // C++ 5.5p2
4588   //   The result is an object or a function of the type specified by the
4589   //   second operand.
4590   // The cv qualifiers are the union of those in the pointer and the left side,
4591   // in accordance with 5.5p5 and 5.2.5.
4592   QualType Result = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
4593   Result = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(Result, LHSType.getCVRQualifiers());
4594 
4595   // C++0x [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
4596   //   In a .* expression whose object expression is an rvalue, the program is
4597   //   ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with
4598   //   ref-qualifier &. In a ->* expression or in a .* expression whose object
4599   //   expression is an lvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand
4600   //   is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &&.
4601   if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Result->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
4602     switch (Proto->getRefQualifier()) {
4603     case RQ_None:
4604       // Do nothing
4605       break;
4606 
4607     case RQ_LValue:
4608       if (!isIndirect && !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue())
4609         Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
4610           << RHSType << 1 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4611       break;
4612 
4613     case RQ_RValue:
4614       if (isIndirect || !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isRValue())
4615         Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
4616           << RHSType << 0 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4617       break;
4618     }
4619   }
4620 
4621   // C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
4622   //   The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer
4623   //   to a data member is of the same value category as its
4624   //   first operand. The result of a .* expression whose second
4625   //   operand is a pointer to a member function is a prvalue. The
4626   //   result of an ->* expression is an lvalue if its second operand
4627   //   is a pointer to data member and a prvalue otherwise.
4628   if (Result->isFunctionType()) {
4629     VK = VK_RValue;
4630     return Context.BoundMemberTy;
4631   } else if (isIndirect) {
4632     VK = VK_LValue;
4633   } else {
4634     VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
4635   }
4636 
4637   return Result;
4638 }
4639 
4640 /// \brief Try to convert a type to another according to C++0x 5.16p3.
4641 ///
4642 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
4643 /// value operand is a class type, the two operands are attempted to be
4644 /// converted to each other. This function does the conversion in one direction.
4645 /// It returns true if the program is ill-formed and has already been diagnosed
4646 /// as such.
4647 static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To,
4648                                 SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
4649                                 bool &HaveConversion,
4650                                 QualType &ToType) {
4651   HaveConversion = false;
4652   ToType = To->getType();
4653 
4654   InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(To->getLocStart(),
4655                                                            SourceLocation());
4656   // C++0x 5.16p3
4657   //   The process for determining whether an operand expression E1 of type T1
4658   //   can be converted to match an operand expression E2 of type T2 is defined
4659   //   as follows:
4660   //   -- If E2 is an lvalue:
4661   bool ToIsLvalue = To->isLValue();
4662   if (ToIsLvalue) {
4663     //   E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be implicitly converted to
4664     //   type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the constraint that in the
4665     //   conversion the reference must bind directly to E1.
4666     QualType T = Self.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ToType);
4667     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
4668 
4669     InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
4670     if (InitSeq.isDirectReferenceBinding()) {
4671       ToType = T;
4672       HaveConversion = true;
4673       return false;
4674     }
4675 
4676     if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
4677       return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
4678   }
4679 
4680   //   -- If E2 is an rvalue, or if the conversion above cannot be done:
4681   //      -- if E1 and E2 have class type, and the underlying class types are
4682   //         the same or one is a base class of the other:
4683   QualType FTy = From->getType();
4684   QualType TTy = To->getType();
4685   const RecordType *FRec = FTy->getAs<RecordType>();
4686   const RecordType *TRec = TTy->getAs<RecordType>();
4687   bool FDerivedFromT = FRec && TRec && FRec != TRec &&
4688                        Self.IsDerivedFrom(FTy, TTy);
4689   if (FRec && TRec &&
4690       (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT || Self.IsDerivedFrom(TTy, FTy))) {
4691     //         E1 can be converted to match E2 if the class of T2 is the
4692     //         same type as, or a base class of, the class of T1, and
4693     //         [cv2 > cv1].
4694     if (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT) {
4695       if (TTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FTy)) {
4696         InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
4697         InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
4698         if (InitSeq) {
4699           HaveConversion = true;
4700           return false;
4701         }
4702 
4703         if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
4704           return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
4705       }
4706     }
4707 
4708     return false;
4709   }
4710 
4711   //     -- Otherwise: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
4712   //        implicitly converted to the type that expression E2 would have
4713   //        if E2 were converted to an rvalue (or the type it has, if E2 is
4714   //        an rvalue).
4715   //
4716   // This actually refers very narrowly to the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, not
4717   // to the array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer conversions.
4718   if (!TTy->getAs<TagType>())
4719     TTy = TTy.getUnqualifiedType();
4720 
4721   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
4722   InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
4723   HaveConversion = !InitSeq.Failed();
4724   ToType = TTy;
4725   if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
4726     return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
4727 
4728   return false;
4729 }
4730 
4731 /// \brief Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5.
4732 ///
4733 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
4734 /// value operand is a class type, overload resolution is used to find a
4735 /// conversion to a common type.
4736 static bool FindConditionalOverload(Sema &Self, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
4737                                     SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
4738   Expr *Args[2] = { LHS.get(), RHS.get() };
4739   OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc,
4740                                     OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator);
4741   Self.AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Conditional, QuestionLoc, Args,
4742                                     CandidateSet);
4743 
4744   OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
4745   switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(Self, QuestionLoc, Best)) {
4746     case OR_Success: {
4747       // We found a match. Perform the conversions on the arguments and move on.
4748       ExprResult LHSRes =
4749         Self.PerformImplicitConversion(LHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
4750                                        Best->Conversions[0], Sema::AA_Converting);
4751       if (LHSRes.isInvalid())
4752         break;
4753       LHS = LHSRes;
4754 
4755       ExprResult RHSRes =
4756         Self.PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
4757                                        Best->Conversions[1], Sema::AA_Converting);
4758       if (RHSRes.isInvalid())
4759         break;
4760       RHS = RHSRes;
4761       if (Best->Function)
4762         Self.MarkFunctionReferenced(QuestionLoc, Best->Function);
4763       return false;
4764     }
4765 
4766     case OR_No_Viable_Function:
4767 
4768       // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer
4769       // constant and the other is a pointer type. In this case, the user most
4770       // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression.
4771       if (Self.DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
4772         return true;
4773 
4774       Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4775         << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
4776         << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4777       return true;
4778 
4779     case OR_Ambiguous:
4780       Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous_ovl)
4781         << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
4782         << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4783       // FIXME: Print the possible common types by printing the return types of
4784       // the viable candidates.
4785       break;
4786 
4787     case OR_Deleted:
4788       llvm_unreachable("Conditional operator has only built-in overloads");
4789   }
4790   return true;
4791 }
4792 
4793 /// \brief Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by
4794 /// TryClassUnification.
4795 static bool ConvertForConditional(Sema &Self, ExprResult &E, QualType T) {
4796   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
4797   InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E.get()->getLocStart(),
4798                                                            SourceLocation());
4799   Expr *Arg = E.get();
4800   InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg);
4801   ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg);
4802   if (Result.isInvalid())
4803     return true;
4804 
4805   E = Result;
4806   return false;
4807 }
4808 
4809 /// \brief Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics.
4810 ///
4811 /// See C++ [expr.cond]. Note that LHS is never null, even for the GNU x ?: y
4812 /// extension. In this case, LHS == Cond. (But they're not aliases.)
4813 QualType Sema::CXXCheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS,
4814                                            ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
4815                                            ExprObjectKind &OK,
4816                                            SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
4817   // FIXME: Handle C99's complex types, vector types, block pointers and Obj-C++
4818   // interface pointers.
4819 
4820   // C++11 [expr.cond]p1
4821   //   The first expression is contextually converted to bool.
4822   if (!Cond.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
4823     ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.get());
4824     if (CondRes.isInvalid())
4825       return QualType();
4826     Cond = CondRes;
4827   }
4828 
4829   // Assume r-value.
4830   VK = VK_RValue;
4831   OK = OK_Ordinary;
4832 
4833   // Either of the arguments dependent?
4834   if (LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || RHS.get()->isTypeDependent())
4835     return Context.DependentTy;
4836 
4837   // C++11 [expr.cond]p2
4838   //   If either the second or the third operand has type (cv) void, ...
4839   QualType LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
4840   QualType RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
4841   bool LVoid = LTy->isVoidType();
4842   bool RVoid = RTy->isVoidType();
4843   if (LVoid || RVoid) {
4844     //   ... one of the following shall hold:
4845     //   -- The second or the third operand (but not both) is a (possibly
4846     //      parenthesized) throw-expression; the result is of the type
4847     //      and value category of the other.
4848     bool LThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
4849     bool RThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
4850     if (LThrow != RThrow) {
4851       Expr *NonThrow = LThrow ? RHS.get() : LHS.get();
4852       VK = NonThrow->getValueKind();
4853       // DR (no number yet): the result is a bit-field if the
4854       // non-throw-expression operand is a bit-field.
4855       OK = NonThrow->getObjectKind();
4856       return NonThrow->getType();
4857     }
4858 
4859     //   -- Both the second and third operands have type void; the result is of
4860     //      type void and is a prvalue.
4861     if (LVoid && RVoid)
4862       return Context.VoidTy;
4863 
4864     // Neither holds, error.
4865     Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_void_nonvoid)
4866       << (LVoid ? RTy : LTy) << (LVoid ? 0 : 1)
4867       << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4868     return QualType();
4869   }
4870 
4871   // Neither is void.
4872 
4873   // C++11 [expr.cond]p3
4874   //   Otherwise, if the second and third operand have different types, and
4875   //   either has (cv) class type [...] an attempt is made to convert each of
4876   //   those operands to the type of the other.
4877   if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) &&
4878       (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
4879     // These return true if a single direction is already ambiguous.
4880     QualType L2RType, R2LType;
4881     bool HaveL2R, HaveR2L;
4882     if (TryClassUnification(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveL2R, L2RType))
4883       return QualType();
4884     if (TryClassUnification(*this, RHS.get(), LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveR2L, R2LType))
4885       return QualType();
4886 
4887     //   If both can be converted, [...] the program is ill-formed.
4888     if (HaveL2R && HaveR2L) {
4889       Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous)
4890         << LTy << RTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4891       return QualType();
4892     }
4893 
4894     //   If exactly one conversion is possible, that conversion is applied to
4895     //   the chosen operand and the converted operands are used in place of the
4896     //   original operands for the remainder of this section.
4897     if (HaveL2R) {
4898       if (ConvertForConditional(*this, LHS, L2RType) || LHS.isInvalid())
4899         return QualType();
4900       LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
4901     } else if (HaveR2L) {
4902       if (ConvertForConditional(*this, RHS, R2LType) || RHS.isInvalid())
4903         return QualType();
4904       RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
4905     }
4906   }
4907 
4908   // C++11 [expr.cond]p3
4909   //   if both are glvalues of the same value category and the same type except
4910   //   for cv-qualification, an attempt is made to convert each of those
4911   //   operands to the type of the other.
4912   ExprValueKind LVK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
4913   ExprValueKind RVK = RHS.get()->getValueKind();
4914   if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) &&
4915       Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LTy, RTy) &&
4916       LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue) {
4917     // Since the unqualified types are reference-related and we require the
4918     // result to be as if a reference bound directly, the only conversion
4919     // we can perform is to add cv-qualifiers.
4920     Qualifiers LCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(LTy.getCVRQualifiers());
4921     Qualifiers RCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(RTy.getCVRQualifiers());
4922     if (RCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(LCVR)) {
4923       LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RTy, CK_NoOp, LVK);
4924       LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
4925     }
4926     else if (LCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(RCVR)) {
4927       RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LTy, CK_NoOp, RVK);
4928       RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
4929     }
4930   }
4931 
4932   // C++11 [expr.cond]p4
4933   //   If the second and third operands are glvalues of the same value
4934   //   category and have the same type, the result is of that type and
4935   //   value category and it is a bit-field if the second or the third
4936   //   operand is a bit-field, or if both are bit-fields.
4937   // We only extend this to bitfields, not to the crazy other kinds of
4938   // l-values.
4939   bool Same = Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy);
4940   if (Same && LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue &&
4941       LHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() &&
4942       RHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()) {
4943     VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
4944     if (LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField ||
4945         RHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField)
4946       OK = OK_BitField;
4947     return LTy;
4948   }
4949 
4950   // C++11 [expr.cond]p5
4951   //   Otherwise, the result is a prvalue. If the second and third operands
4952   //   do not have the same type, and either has (cv) class type, ...
4953   if (!Same && (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
4954     //   ... overload resolution is used to determine the conversions (if any)
4955     //   to be applied to the operands. If the overload resolution fails, the
4956     //   program is ill-formed.
4957     if (FindConditionalOverload(*this, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc))
4958       return QualType();
4959   }
4960 
4961   // C++11 [expr.cond]p6
4962   //   Lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer standard
4963   //   conversions are performed on the second and third operands.
4964   LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
4965   RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
4966   if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
4967     return QualType();
4968   LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
4969   RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
4970 
4971   //   After those conversions, one of the following shall hold:
4972   //   -- The second and third operands have the same type; the result
4973   //      is of that type. If the operands have class type, the result
4974   //      is a prvalue temporary of the result type, which is
4975   //      copy-initialized from either the second operand or the third
4976   //      operand depending on the value of the first operand.
4977   if (Context.getCanonicalType(LTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RTy)) {
4978     if (LTy->isRecordType()) {
4979       // The operands have class type. Make a temporary copy.
4980       if (RequireNonAbstractType(QuestionLoc, LTy,
4981                                  diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
4982         return QualType();
4983       InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LTy);
4984 
4985       ExprResult LHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
4986                                                      SourceLocation(),
4987                                                      LHS);
4988       if (LHSCopy.isInvalid())
4989         return QualType();
4990 
4991       ExprResult RHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
4992                                                      SourceLocation(),
4993                                                      RHS);
4994       if (RHSCopy.isInvalid())
4995         return QualType();
4996 
4997       LHS = LHSCopy;
4998       RHS = RHSCopy;
4999     }
5000 
5001     return LTy;
5002   }
5003 
5004   // Extension: conditional operator involving vector types.
5005   if (LTy->isVectorType() || RTy->isVectorType())
5006     return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false,
5007                                /*AllowBothBool*/true,
5008                                /*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
5009 
5010   //   -- The second and third operands have arithmetic or enumeration type;
5011   //      the usual arithmetic conversions are performed to bring them to a
5012   //      common type, and the result is of that type.
5013   if (LTy->isArithmeticType() && RTy->isArithmeticType()) {
5014     QualType ResTy = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
5015     if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
5016       return QualType();
5017 
5018     LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy));
5019     RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy));
5020 
5021     return ResTy;
5022   }
5023 
5024   //   -- The second and third operands have pointer type, or one has pointer
5025   //      type and the other is a null pointer constant, or both are null
5026   //      pointer constants, at least one of which is non-integral; pointer
5027   //      conversions and qualification conversions are performed to bring them
5028   //      to their composite pointer type. The result is of the composite
5029   //      pointer type.
5030   //   -- The second and third operands have pointer to member type, or one has
5031   //      pointer to member type and the other is a null pointer constant;
5032   //      pointer to member conversions and qualification conversions are
5033   //      performed to bring them to a common type, whose cv-qualification
5034   //      shall match the cv-qualification of either the second or the third
5035   //      operand. The result is of the common type.
5036   bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
5037   QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS,
5038                                  isSFINAEContext() ? nullptr
5039                                                    : &NonStandardCompositeType);
5040   if (!Composite.isNull()) {
5041     if (NonStandardCompositeType)
5042       Diag(QuestionLoc,
5043            diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_nonstandard)
5044         << LTy << RTy << Composite
5045         << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5046 
5047     return Composite;
5048   }
5049 
5050   // Similarly, attempt to find composite type of two objective-c pointers.
5051   Composite = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
5052   if (!Composite.isNull())
5053     return Composite;
5054 
5055   // Check if we are using a null with a non-pointer type.
5056   if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
5057     return QualType();
5058 
5059   Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
5060     << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
5061     << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5062   return QualType();
5063 }
5064 
5065 /// \brief Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it.
5066 ///
5067 /// This finds the composite pointer type (or member pointer type) for @p E1
5068 /// and @p E2 according to C++11 5.9p2. It converts both expressions to this
5069 /// type and returns it.
5070 /// It does not emit diagnostics.
5071 ///
5072 /// \param Loc The location of the operator requiring these two expressions to
5073 /// be converted to the composite pointer type.
5074 ///
5075 /// If \p NonStandardCompositeType is non-NULL, then we are permitted to find
5076 /// a non-standard (but still sane) composite type to which both expressions
5077 /// can be converted. When such a type is chosen, \c *NonStandardCompositeType
5078 /// will be set true.
5079 QualType Sema::FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
5080                                         Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
5081                                         bool *NonStandardCompositeType) {
5082   if (NonStandardCompositeType)
5083     *NonStandardCompositeType = false;
5084 
5085   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "This function assumes C++");
5086   QualType T1 = E1->getType(), T2 = E2->getType();
5087 
5088   // C++11 5.9p2
5089   //   Pointer conversions and qualification conversions are performed on
5090   //   pointer operands to bring them to their composite pointer type. If
5091   //   one operand is a null pointer constant, the composite pointer type is
5092   //   std::nullptr_t if the other operand is also a null pointer constant or,
5093   //   if the other operand is a pointer, the type of the other operand.
5094   if (!T1->isAnyPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType() &&
5095       !T2->isAnyPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType()) {
5096     if (T1->isNullPtrType() &&
5097         E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
5098       E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get();
5099       return T1;
5100     }
5101     if (T2->isNullPtrType() &&
5102         E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
5103       E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get();
5104       return T2;
5105     }
5106     return QualType();
5107   }
5108 
5109   if (E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
5110     if (T2->isMemberPointerType())
5111       E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get();
5112     else
5113       E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get();
5114     return T2;
5115   }
5116   if (E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
5117     if (T1->isMemberPointerType())
5118       E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get();
5119     else
5120       E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get();
5121     return T1;
5122   }
5123 
5124   // Now both have to be pointers or member pointers.
5125   if ((!T1->isPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType()) ||
5126       (!T2->isPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType()))
5127     return QualType();
5128 
5129   //   Otherwise, of one of the operands has type "pointer to cv1 void," then
5130   //   the other has type "pointer to cv2 T" and the composite pointer type is
5131   //   "pointer to cv12 void," where cv12 is the union of cv1 and cv2.
5132   //   Otherwise, the composite pointer type is a pointer type similar to the
5133   //   type of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature that is
5134   //   the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand types.
5135   // In practice, the first part here is redundant; it's subsumed by the second.
5136   // What we do here is, we build the two possible composite types, and try the
5137   // conversions in both directions. If only one works, or if the two composite
5138   // types are the same, we have succeeded.
5139   // FIXME: extended qualifiers?
5140   typedef SmallVector<unsigned, 4> QualifierVector;
5141   QualifierVector QualifierUnion;
5142   typedef SmallVector<std::pair<const Type *, const Type *>, 4>
5143       ContainingClassVector;
5144   ContainingClassVector MemberOfClass;
5145   QualType Composite1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1),
5146            Composite2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
5147   unsigned NeedConstBefore = 0;
5148   do {
5149     const PointerType *Ptr1, *Ptr2;
5150     if ((Ptr1 = Composite1->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
5151         (Ptr2 = Composite2->getAs<PointerType>())) {
5152       Composite1 = Ptr1->getPointeeType();
5153       Composite2 = Ptr2->getPointeeType();
5154 
5155       // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
5156       // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
5157       if (NonStandardCompositeType &&
5158           Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
5159         NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();
5160 
5161       QualifierUnion.push_back(
5162                  Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
5163       MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(nullptr, nullptr));
5164       continue;
5165     }
5166 
5167     const MemberPointerType *MemPtr1, *MemPtr2;
5168     if ((MemPtr1 = Composite1->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) &&
5169         (MemPtr2 = Composite2->getAs<MemberPointerType>())) {
5170       Composite1 = MemPtr1->getPointeeType();
5171       Composite2 = MemPtr2->getPointeeType();
5172 
5173       // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
5174       // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
5175       if (NonStandardCompositeType &&
5176           Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
5177         NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();
5178 
5179       QualifierUnion.push_back(
5180                  Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
5181       MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(MemPtr1->getClass(),
5182                                              MemPtr2->getClass()));
5183       continue;
5184     }
5185 
5186     // FIXME: block pointer types?
5187 
5188     // Cannot unwrap any more types.
5189     break;
5190   } while (true);
5191 
5192   if (NeedConstBefore && NonStandardCompositeType) {
5193     // Extension: Add 'const' to qualifiers that come before the first qualifier
5194     // mismatch, so that our (non-standard!) composite type meets the
5195     // requirements of C++ [conv.qual]p4 bullet 3.
5196     for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I) {
5197       if ((QualifierUnion[I] & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
5198         QualifierUnion[I] = QualifierUnion[I] | Qualifiers::Const;
5199         *NonStandardCompositeType = true;
5200       }
5201     }
5202   }
5203 
5204   // Rewrap the composites as pointers or member pointers with the union CVRs.
5205   ContainingClassVector::reverse_iterator MOC
5206     = MemberOfClass.rbegin();
5207   for (QualifierVector::reverse_iterator
5208          I = QualifierUnion.rbegin(),
5209          E = QualifierUnion.rend();
5210        I != E; (void)++I, ++MOC) {
5211     Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(*I);
5212     if (MOC->first && MOC->second) {
5213       // Rebuild member pointer type
5214       Composite1 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
5215                                     Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals),
5216                                     MOC->first);
5217       Composite2 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
5218                                     Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals),
5219                                     MOC->second);
5220     } else {
5221       // Rebuild pointer type
5222       Composite1
5223         = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals));
5224       Composite2
5225         = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals));
5226     }
5227   }
5228 
5229   // Try to convert to the first composite pointer type.
5230   InitializedEntity Entity1
5231     = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite1);
5232   InitializationKind Kind
5233     = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation());
5234   InitializationSequence E1ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1);
5235   InitializationSequence E2ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2);
5236 
5237   if (E1ToC1 && E2ToC1) {
5238     // Conversion to Composite1 is viable.
5239     if (!Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) {
5240       // Composite2 is a different type from Composite1. Check whether
5241       // Composite2 is also viable.
5242       InitializedEntity Entity2
5243         = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2);
5244       InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1);
5245       InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2);
5246       if (E1ToC2 && E2ToC2) {
5247         // Both Composite1 and Composite2 are viable and are different;
5248         // this is an ambiguity.
5249         return QualType();
5250       }
5251     }
5252 
5253     // Convert E1 to Composite1
5254     ExprResult E1Result
5255       = E1ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1);
5256     if (E1Result.isInvalid())
5257       return QualType();
5258     E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>();
5259 
5260     // Convert E2 to Composite1
5261     ExprResult E2Result
5262       = E2ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2);
5263     if (E2Result.isInvalid())
5264       return QualType();
5265     E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>();
5266 
5267     return Composite1;
5268   }
5269 
5270   // Check whether Composite2 is viable.
5271   InitializedEntity Entity2
5272     = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2);
5273   InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1);
5274   InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2);
5275   if (!E1ToC2 || !E2ToC2)
5276     return QualType();
5277 
5278   // Convert E1 to Composite2
5279   ExprResult E1Result
5280     = E1ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1);
5281   if (E1Result.isInvalid())
5282     return QualType();
5283   E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>();
5284 
5285   // Convert E2 to Composite2
5286   ExprResult E2Result
5287     = E2ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2);
5288   if (E2Result.isInvalid())
5289     return QualType();
5290   E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>();
5291 
5292   return Composite2;
5293 }
5294 
5295 ExprResult Sema::MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E) {
5296   if (!E)
5297     return ExprError();
5298 
5299   assert(!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E) && "Double-bound temporary?");
5300 
5301   // If the result is a glvalue, we shouldn't bind it.
5302   if (!E->isRValue())
5303     return E;
5304 
5305   // In ARC, calls that return a retainable type can return retained,
5306   // in which case we have to insert a consuming cast.
5307   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
5308       E->getType()->isObjCRetainableType()) {
5309 
5310     bool ReturnsRetained;
5311 
5312     // For actual calls, we compute this by examining the type of the
5313     // called value.
5314     if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
5315       Expr *Callee = Call->getCallee()->IgnoreParens();
5316       QualType T = Callee->getType();
5317 
5318       if (T == Context.BoundMemberTy) {
5319         // Handle pointer-to-members.
5320         if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Callee))
5321           T = BinOp->getRHS()->getType();
5322         else if (MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Callee))
5323           T = Mem->getMemberDecl()->getType();
5324       }
5325 
5326       if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>())
5327         T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5328       else if (const BlockPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
5329         T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5330       else if (const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
5331         T = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
5332 
5333       const FunctionType *FTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>();
5334       assert(FTy && "call to value not of function type?");
5335       ReturnsRetained = FTy->getExtInfo().getProducesResult();
5336 
5337     // ActOnStmtExpr arranges things so that StmtExprs of retainable
5338     // type always produce a +1 object.
5339     } else if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) {
5340       ReturnsRetained = true;
5341 
5342     // We hit this case with the lambda conversion-to-block optimization;
5343     // we don't want any extra casts here.
5344     } else if (isa<CastExpr>(E) &&
5345                isa<BlockExpr>(cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr())) {
5346       return E;
5347 
5348     // For message sends and property references, we try to find an
5349     // actual method.  FIXME: we should infer retention by selector in
5350     // cases where we don't have an actual method.
5351     } else {
5352       ObjCMethodDecl *D = nullptr;
5353       if (ObjCMessageExpr *Send = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) {
5354         D = Send->getMethodDecl();
5355       } else if (ObjCBoxedExpr *BoxedExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) {
5356         D = BoxedExpr->getBoxingMethod();
5357       } else if (ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLit = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E)) {
5358         D = ArrayLit->getArrayWithObjectsMethod();
5359       } else if (ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictLit
5360                                         = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E)) {
5361         D = DictLit->getDictWithObjectsMethod();
5362       }
5363 
5364       ReturnsRetained = (D && D->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>());
5365 
5366       // Don't do reclaims on performSelector calls; despite their
5367       // return type, the invoked method doesn't necessarily actually
5368       // return an object.
5369       if (!ReturnsRetained &&
5370           D && D->getMethodFamily() == OMF_performSelector)
5371         return E;
5372     }
5373 
5374     // Don't reclaim an object of Class type.
5375     if (!ReturnsRetained && E->getType()->isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType())
5376       return E;
5377 
5378     ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
5379 
5380     CastKind ck = (ReturnsRetained ? CK_ARCConsumeObject
5381                                    : CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject);
5382     return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E->getType(), ck, E, nullptr,
5383                                     VK_RValue);
5384   }
5385 
5386   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5387     return E;
5388 
5389   // Search for the base element type (cf. ASTContext::getBaseElementType) with
5390   // a fast path for the common case that the type is directly a RecordType.
5391   const Type *T = Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType().getTypePtr());
5392   const RecordType *RT = nullptr;
5393   while (!RT) {
5394     switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
5395     case Type::Record:
5396       RT = cast<RecordType>(T);
5397       break;
5398     case Type::ConstantArray:
5399     case Type::IncompleteArray:
5400     case Type::VariableArray:
5401     case Type::DependentSizedArray:
5402       T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
5403       break;
5404     default:
5405       return E;
5406     }
5407   }
5408 
5409   // That should be enough to guarantee that this type is complete, if we're
5410   // not processing a decltype expression.
5411   CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
5412   if (RD->isInvalidDecl() || RD->isDependentContext())
5413     return E;
5414 
5415   bool IsDecltype = ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype;
5416   CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = IsDecltype ? nullptr : LookupDestructor(RD);
5417 
5418   if (Destructor) {
5419     MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
5420     CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
5421                           PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp)
5422                             << E->getType());
5423     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc()))
5424       return ExprError();
5425 
5426     // If destructor is trivial, we can avoid the extra copy.
5427     if (Destructor->isTrivial())
5428       return E;
5429 
5430     // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary.
5431     ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
5432   }
5433 
5434   CXXTemporary *Temp = CXXTemporary::Create(Context, Destructor);
5435   CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = CXXBindTemporaryExpr::Create(Context, Temp, E);
5436 
5437   if (IsDecltype)
5438     ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.push_back(Bind);
5439 
5440   return Bind;
5441 }
5442 
5443 ExprResult
5444 Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr) {
5445   if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
5446     return ExprError();
5447 
5448   return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.get());
5449 }
5450 
5451 Expr *Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr) {
5452   assert(SubExpr && "subexpression can't be null!");
5453 
5454   CleanupVarDeclMarking();
5455 
5456   unsigned FirstCleanup = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects;
5457   assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() >= FirstCleanup);
5458   assert(ExprNeedsCleanups || ExprCleanupObjects.size() == FirstCleanup);
5459   if (!ExprNeedsCleanups)
5460     return SubExpr;
5461 
5462   auto Cleanups = llvm::makeArrayRef(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + FirstCleanup,
5463                                      ExprCleanupObjects.size() - FirstCleanup);
5464 
5465   Expr *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create(Context, SubExpr, Cleanups);
5466   DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
5467 
5468   return E;
5469 }
5470 
5471 Stmt *Sema::MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt) {
5472   assert(SubStmt && "sub-statement can't be null!");
5473 
5474   CleanupVarDeclMarking();
5475 
5476   if (!ExprNeedsCleanups)
5477     return SubStmt;
5478 
5479   // FIXME: In order to attach the temporaries, wrap the statement into
5480   // a StmtExpr; currently this is only used for asm statements.
5481   // This is hacky, either create a new CXXStmtWithTemporaries statement or
5482   // a new AsmStmtWithTemporaries.
5483   CompoundStmt *CompStmt = new (Context) CompoundStmt(Context, SubStmt,
5484                                                       SourceLocation(),
5485                                                       SourceLocation());
5486   Expr *E = new (Context) StmtExpr(CompStmt, Context.VoidTy, SourceLocation(),
5487                                    SourceLocation());
5488   return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E);
5489 }
5490 
5491 /// Process the expression contained within a decltype. For such expressions,
5492 /// certain semantic checks on temporaries are delayed until this point, and
5493 /// are omitted for the 'topmost' call in the decltype expression. If the
5494 /// topmost call bound a temporary, strip that temporary off the expression.
5495 ExprResult Sema::ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E) {
5496   assert(ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype && "not in a decltype expression");
5497 
5498   // C++11 [expr.call]p11:
5499   //   If a function call is a prvalue of object type,
5500   // -- if the function call is either
5501   //   -- the operand of a decltype-specifier, or
5502   //   -- the right operand of a comma operator that is the operand of a
5503   //      decltype-specifier,
5504   //   a temporary object is not introduced for the prvalue.
5505 
5506   // Recursively rebuild ParenExprs and comma expressions to strip out the
5507   // outermost CXXBindTemporaryExpr, if any.
5508   if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) {
5509     ExprResult SubExpr = ActOnDecltypeExpression(PE->getSubExpr());
5510     if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
5511       return ExprError();
5512     if (SubExpr.get() == PE->getSubExpr())
5513       return E;
5514     return ActOnParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr.get());
5515   }
5516   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
5517     if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
5518       ExprResult RHS = ActOnDecltypeExpression(BO->getRHS());
5519       if (RHS.isInvalid())
5520         return ExprError();
5521       if (RHS.get() == BO->getRHS())
5522         return E;
5523       return new (Context) BinaryOperator(
5524           BO->getLHS(), RHS.get(), BO_Comma, BO->getType(), BO->getValueKind(),
5525           BO->getObjectKind(), BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->isFPContractable());
5526     }
5527   }
5528 
5529   CXXBindTemporaryExpr *TopBind = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E);
5530   CallExpr *TopCall = TopBind ? dyn_cast<CallExpr>(TopBind->getSubExpr())
5531                               : nullptr;
5532   if (TopCall)
5533     E = TopCall;
5534   else
5535     TopBind = nullptr;
5536 
5537   // Disable the special decltype handling now.
5538   ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype = false;
5539 
5540   // In MS mode, don't perform any extra checking of call return types within a
5541   // decltype expression.
5542   if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
5543     return E;
5544 
5545   // Perform the semantic checks we delayed until this point.
5546   for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.size();
5547        I != N; ++I) {
5548     CallExpr *Call = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls[I];
5549     if (Call == TopCall)
5550       continue;
5551 
5552     if (CheckCallReturnType(Call->getCallReturnType(Context),
5553                             Call->getLocStart(),
5554                             Call, Call->getDirectCallee()))
5555       return ExprError();
5556   }
5557 
5558   // Now all relevant types are complete, check the destructors are accessible
5559   // and non-deleted, and annotate them on the temporaries.
5560   for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.size();
5561        I != N; ++I) {
5562     CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind =
5563       ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds[I];
5564     if (Bind == TopBind)
5565       continue;
5566 
5567     CXXTemporary *Temp = Bind->getTemporary();
5568 
5569     CXXRecordDecl *RD =
5570       Bind->getType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
5571     CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD);
5572     Temp->setDestructor(Destructor);
5573 
5574     MarkFunctionReferenced(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
5575     CheckDestructorAccess(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
5576                           PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp)
5577                             << Bind->getType());
5578     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Bind->getExprLoc()))
5579       return ExprError();
5580 
5581     // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary.
5582     ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
5583   }
5584 
5585   // Possibly strip off the top CXXBindTemporaryExpr.
5586   return E;
5587 }
5588 
5589 /// Note a set of 'operator->' functions that were used for a member access.
5590 static void noteOperatorArrows(Sema &S,
5591                                ArrayRef<FunctionDecl *> OperatorArrows) {
5592   unsigned SkipStart = OperatorArrows.size(), SkipCount = 0;
5593   // FIXME: Make this configurable?
5594   unsigned Limit = 9;
5595   if (OperatorArrows.size() > Limit) {
5596     // Produce Limit-1 normal notes and one 'skipping' note.
5597     SkipStart = (Limit - 1) / 2 + (Limit - 1) % 2;
5598     SkipCount = OperatorArrows.size() - (Limit - 1);
5599   }
5600 
5601   for (unsigned I = 0; I < OperatorArrows.size(); /**/) {
5602     if (I == SkipStart) {
5603       S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(),
5604              diag::note_operator_arrows_suppressed)
5605           << SkipCount;
5606       I += SkipCount;
5607     } else {
5608       S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), diag::note_operator_arrow_here)
5609           << OperatorArrows[I]->getCallResultType();
5610       ++I;
5611     }
5612   }
5613 }
5614 
5615 ExprResult Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
5616                                               SourceLocation OpLoc,
5617                                               tok::TokenKind OpKind,
5618                                               ParsedType &ObjectType,
5619                                               bool &MayBePseudoDestructor) {
5620   // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
5621   ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base);
5622   if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
5623   Base = Result.get();
5624 
5625   Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
5626   if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
5627   Base = Result.get();
5628 
5629   QualType BaseType = Base->getType();
5630   MayBePseudoDestructor = false;
5631   if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
5632     // If we have a pointer to a dependent type and are using the -> operator,
5633     // the object type is the type that the pointer points to. We might still
5634     // have enough information about that type to do something useful.
5635     if (OpKind == tok::arrow)
5636       if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
5637         BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5638 
5639     ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
5640     MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
5641     return Base;
5642   }
5643 
5644   // C++ [over.match.oper]p8:
5645   //   [...] When operator->returns, the operator-> is applied  to the value
5646   //   returned, with the original second operand.
5647   if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
5648     QualType StartingType = BaseType;
5649     bool NoArrowOperatorFound = false;
5650     bool FirstIteration = true;
5651     FunctionDecl *CurFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext);
5652     // The set of types we've considered so far.
5653     llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType,8> CTypes;
5654     SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 8> OperatorArrows;
5655     CTypes.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType));
5656 
5657     while (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
5658       if (OperatorArrows.size() >= getLangOpts().ArrowDepth) {
5659         Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_depth_exceeded)
5660           << StartingType << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth << Base->getSourceRange();
5661         noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows);
5662         Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_operator_arrow_depth)
5663           << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth;
5664         return ExprError();
5665       }
5666 
5667       Result = BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(
5668           S, Base, OpLoc,
5669           // When in a template specialization and on the first loop iteration,
5670           // potentially give the default diagnostic (with the fixit in a
5671           // separate note) instead of having the error reported back to here
5672           // and giving a diagnostic with a fixit attached to the error itself.
5673           (FirstIteration && CurFD && CurFD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
5674               ? nullptr
5675               : &NoArrowOperatorFound);
5676       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
5677         if (NoArrowOperatorFound) {
5678           if (FirstIteration) {
5679             Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
5680               << BaseType << 1 << Base->getSourceRange()
5681               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
5682             OpKind = tok::period;
5683             break;
5684           }
5685           Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
5686             << BaseType << Base->getSourceRange();
5687           CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Base);
5688           if (Decl *CD = (CE ? CE->getCalleeDecl() : nullptr)) {
5689             Diag(CD->getLocStart(),
5690                  diag::note_member_reference_arrow_from_operator_arrow);
5691           }
5692         }
5693         return ExprError();
5694       }
5695       Base = Result.get();
5696       if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OpCall = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Base))
5697         OperatorArrows.push_back(OpCall->getDirectCallee());
5698       BaseType = Base->getType();
5699       CanQualType CBaseType = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType);
5700       if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType).second) {
5701         Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_circular) << StartingType;
5702         noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows);
5703         return ExprError();
5704       }
5705       FirstIteration = false;
5706     }
5707 
5708     if (OpKind == tok::arrow &&
5709         (BaseType->isPointerType() || BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()))
5710       BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
5711   }
5712 
5713   // Objective-C properties allow "." access on Objective-C pointer types,
5714   // so adjust the base type to the object type itself.
5715   if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
5716     BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
5717 
5718   // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
5719   //   [...] If the type of the object expression is of pointer to scalar
5720   //   type, the unqualified-id is looked up in the context of the complete
5721   //   postfix-expression.
5722   //
5723   // This also indicates that we could be parsing a pseudo-destructor-name.
5724   // Note that Objective-C class and object types can be pseudo-destructor
5725   // expressions or normal member (ivar or property) access expressions.
5726   if (BaseType->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) {
5727     MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
5728   } else if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) {
5729     ObjectType = ParsedType();
5730     MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
5731     return Base;
5732   }
5733 
5734   // The object type must be complete (or dependent), or
5735   // C++11 [expr.prim.general]p3:
5736   //   Unlike the object expression in other contexts, *this is not required to
5737   //   be of complete type for purposes of class member access (5.2.5) outside
5738   //   the member function body.
5739   if (!BaseType->isDependentType() &&
5740       !isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(BaseType) &&
5741       RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType, diag::err_incomplete_member_access))
5742     return ExprError();
5743 
5744   // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
5745   //   If the id-expression in a class member access (5.2.5) is an
5746   //   unqualified-id, and the type of the object expression is of a class
5747   //   type C (or of pointer to a class type C), the unqualified-id is looked
5748   //   up in the scope of class C. [...]
5749   ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
5750   return Base;
5751 }
5752 
5753 static bool CheckArrow(Sema& S, QualType& ObjectType, Expr *&Base,
5754                    tok::TokenKind& OpKind, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
5755   if (Base->hasPlaceholderType()) {
5756     ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
5757     if (result.isInvalid()) return true;
5758     Base = result.get();
5759   }
5760   ObjectType = Base->getType();
5761 
5762   // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
5763   //   The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
5764   //   left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type.
5765   //   This scalar type is the object type.
5766   // Note that this is rather different from the normal handling for the
5767   // arrow operator.
5768   if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
5769     if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
5770       ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5771     } else if (!Base->isTypeDependent()) {
5772       // The user wrote "p->" when she probably meant "p."; fix it.
5773       S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
5774         << ObjectType << true
5775         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
5776       if (S.isSFINAEContext())
5777         return true;
5778 
5779       OpKind = tok::period;
5780     }
5781   }
5782 
5783   return false;
5784 }
5785 
5786 ExprResult Sema::BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
5787                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
5788                                            tok::TokenKind OpKind,
5789                                            const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5790                                            TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo,
5791                                            SourceLocation CCLoc,
5792                                            SourceLocation TildeLoc,
5793                                          PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed) {
5794   TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = Destructed.getTypeSourceInfo();
5795 
5796   QualType ObjectType;
5797   if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
5798     return ExprError();
5799 
5800   if (!ObjectType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isScalarType() &&
5801       !ObjectType->isVectorType()) {
5802     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && ObjectType->isVoidType())
5803       Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_pseudo_dtor_on_void) << Base->getSourceRange();
5804     else {
5805       Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
5806         << ObjectType << Base->getSourceRange();
5807       return ExprError();
5808     }
5809   }
5810 
5811   // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
5812   //   [...] The cv-unqualified versions of the object type and of the type
5813   //   designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the same type.
5814   if (DestructedTypeInfo) {
5815     QualType DestructedType = DestructedTypeInfo->getType();
5816     SourceLocation DestructedTypeStart
5817       = DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin();
5818     if (!DestructedType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType()) {
5819       if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, ObjectType)) {
5820         Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
5821           << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
5822           << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
5823 
5824         // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
5825         DestructedType = ObjectType;
5826         DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType,
5827                                                            DestructedTypeStart);
5828         Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
5829       } else if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() !=
5830                                                 ObjectType.getObjCLifetime()) {
5831 
5832         if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
5833           // Okay: just pretend that the user provided the correctly-qualified
5834           // type.
5835         } else {
5836           Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_arc_pseudo_dtor_inconstant_quals)
5837             << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
5838             << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
5839         }
5840 
5841         // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
5842         DestructedType = ObjectType;
5843         DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType,
5844                                                            DestructedTypeStart);
5845         Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
5846       }
5847     }
5848   }
5849 
5850   // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
5851   //   [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of the
5852   //   form
5853   //
5854   //     ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ~ type-name
5855   //
5856   //   shall designate the same scalar type.
5857   if (ScopeTypeInfo) {
5858     QualType ScopeType = ScopeTypeInfo->getType();
5859     if (!ScopeType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() &&
5860         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ScopeType, ObjectType)) {
5861 
5862       Diag(ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(),
5863            diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
5864         << ObjectType << ScopeType << Base->getSourceRange()
5865         << ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
5866 
5867       ScopeType = QualType();
5868       ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr;
5869     }
5870   }
5871 
5872   Expr *Result
5873     = new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, Base,
5874                                             OpKind == tok::arrow, OpLoc,
5875                                             SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
5876                                             ScopeTypeInfo,
5877                                             CCLoc,
5878                                             TildeLoc,
5879                                             Destructed);
5880 
5881   return Result;
5882 }
5883 
5884 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
5885                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
5886                                            tok::TokenKind OpKind,
5887                                            CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5888                                            UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
5889                                            SourceLocation CCLoc,
5890                                            SourceLocation TildeLoc,
5891                                            UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName) {
5892   assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
5893           FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) &&
5894          "Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor");
5895   assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
5896           SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) &&
5897          "Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor");
5898 
5899   QualType ObjectType;
5900   if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
5901     return ExprError();
5902 
5903   // Compute the object type that we should use for name lookup purposes. Only
5904   // record types and dependent types matter.
5905   ParsedType ObjectTypePtrForLookup;
5906   if (!SS.isSet()) {
5907     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
5908       ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(ObjectType);
5909     else if (ObjectType->isDependentType())
5910       ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(Context.DependentTy);
5911   }
5912 
5913   // Convert the name of the type being destructed (following the ~) into a
5914   // type (with source-location information).
5915   QualType DestructedType;
5916   TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = nullptr;
5917   PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed;
5918   if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
5919     ParsedType T = getTypeName(*SecondTypeName.Identifier,
5920                                SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
5921                                S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup);
5922     if (!T &&
5923         ((SS.isSet() && !computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
5924          (!SS.isSet() && ObjectType->isDependentType()))) {
5925       // The name of the type being destroyed is a dependent name, and we
5926       // couldn't find anything useful in scope. Just store the identifier and
5927       // it's location, and we'll perform (qualified) name lookup again at
5928       // template instantiation time.
5929       Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(SecondTypeName.Identifier,
5930                                                SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
5931     } else if (!T) {
5932       Diag(SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
5933            diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
5934         << SecondTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
5935       if (isSFINAEContext())
5936         return ExprError();
5937 
5938       // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
5939       DestructedType = ObjectType;
5940     } else
5941       DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &DestructedTypeInfo);
5942   } else {
5943     // Resolve the template-id to a type.
5944     TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = SecondTypeName.TemplateId;
5945     ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
5946                                        TemplateId->NumArgs);
5947     TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS,
5948                                        TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc,
5949                                        TemplateId->Template,
5950                                        TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
5951                                        TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
5952                                        TemplateArgsPtr,
5953                                        TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
5954     if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
5955       // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
5956       DestructedType = ObjectType;
5957     } else
5958       DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &DestructedTypeInfo);
5959   }
5960 
5961   // If we've performed some kind of recovery, (re-)build the type source
5962   // information.
5963   if (!DestructedType.isNull()) {
5964     if (!DestructedTypeInfo)
5965       DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(DestructedType,
5966                                                   SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
5967     Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
5968   }
5969 
5970   // Convert the name of the scope type (the type prior to '::') into a type.
5971   TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr;
5972   QualType ScopeType;
5973   if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
5974       FirstTypeName.Identifier) {
5975     if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
5976       ParsedType T = getTypeName(*FirstTypeName.Identifier,
5977                                  FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
5978                                  S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup);
5979       if (!T) {
5980         Diag(FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
5981              diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
5982           << FirstTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
5983 
5984         if (isSFINAEContext())
5985           return ExprError();
5986 
5987         // Just drop this type. It's unnecessary anyway.
5988         ScopeType = QualType();
5989       } else
5990         ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &ScopeTypeInfo);
5991     } else {
5992       // Resolve the template-id to a type.
5993       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = FirstTypeName.TemplateId;
5994       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
5995                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
5996       TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS,
5997                                          TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc,
5998                                          TemplateId->Template,
5999                                          TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
6000                                          TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
6001                                          TemplateArgsPtr,
6002                                          TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
6003       if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
6004         // Recover by dropping this type.
6005         ScopeType = QualType();
6006       } else
6007         ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &ScopeTypeInfo);
6008     }
6009   }
6010 
6011   if (!ScopeType.isNull() && !ScopeTypeInfo)
6012     ScopeTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ScopeType,
6013                                                   FirstTypeName.StartLocation);
6014 
6015 
6016   return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, SS,
6017                                    ScopeTypeInfo, CCLoc, TildeLoc,
6018                                    Destructed);
6019 }
6020 
6021 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
6022                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
6023                                            tok::TokenKind OpKind,
6024                                            SourceLocation TildeLoc,
6025                                            const DeclSpec& DS) {
6026   QualType ObjectType;
6027   if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
6028     return ExprError();
6029 
6030   QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(),
6031                                  false);
6032 
6033   TypeLocBuilder TLB;
6034   DecltypeTypeLoc DecltypeTL = TLB.push<DecltypeTypeLoc>(T);
6035   DecltypeTL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
6036   TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T);
6037   PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed(DestructedTypeInfo);
6038 
6039   return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, CXXScopeSpec(),
6040                                    nullptr, SourceLocation(), TildeLoc,
6041                                    Destructed);
6042 }
6043 
6044 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *E, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
6045                                         CXXConversionDecl *Method,
6046                                         bool HadMultipleCandidates) {
6047   if (Method->getParent()->isLambda() &&
6048       Method->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
6049     // This is a lambda coversion to block pointer; check if the argument
6050     // is a LambdaExpr.
6051     Expr *SubE = E;
6052     CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(SubE);
6053     if (CE && CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
6054       SubE = CE->getSubExpr();
6055     SubE = SubE->IgnoreParens();
6056     if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(SubE))
6057       SubE = BE->getSubExpr();
6058     if (isa<LambdaExpr>(SubE)) {
6059       // For the conversion to block pointer on a lambda expression, we
6060       // construct a special BlockLiteral instead; this doesn't really make
6061       // a difference in ARC, but outside of ARC the resulting block literal
6062       // follows the normal lifetime rules for block literals instead of being
6063       // autoreleased.
6064       DiagnosticErrorTrap Trap(Diags);
6065       ExprResult Exp = BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(E->getExprLoc(),
6066                                                      E->getExprLoc(),
6067                                                      Method, E);
6068       if (Exp.isInvalid())
6069         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_lambda_to_block_conv);
6070       return Exp;
6071     }
6072   }
6073 
6074   ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr,
6075                                           FoundDecl, Method);
6076   if (Exp.isInvalid())
6077     return true;
6078 
6079   MemberExpr *ME = new (Context) MemberExpr(
6080       Exp.get(), /*IsArrow=*/false, SourceLocation(), Method, SourceLocation(),
6081       Context.BoundMemberTy, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary);
6082   if (HadMultipleCandidates)
6083     ME->setHadMultipleCandidates(true);
6084   MarkMemberReferenced(ME);
6085 
6086   QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType();
6087   ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType);
6088   ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context);
6089 
6090   CXXMemberCallExpr *CE =
6091     new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, ME, None, ResultType, VK,
6092                                     Exp.get()->getLocEnd());
6093   return CE;
6094 }
6095 
6096 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
6097                                       SourceLocation RParen) {
6098   // If the operand is an unresolved lookup expression, the expression is ill-
6099   // formed per [over.over]p1, because overloaded function names cannot be used
6100   // without arguments except in explicit contexts.
6101   ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Operand);
6102   if (R.isInvalid())
6103     return R;
6104 
6105   // The operand may have been modified when checking the placeholder type.
6106   Operand = R.get();
6107 
6108   if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
6109       Operand->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) {
6110     // The expression operand for noexcept is in an unevaluated expression
6111     // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
6112     Diag(Operand->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
6113   }
6114 
6115   CanThrowResult CanThrow = canThrow(Operand);
6116   return new (Context)
6117       CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand, CanThrow, KeyLoc, RParen);
6118 }
6119 
6120 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation,
6121                                    Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen) {
6122   return BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(KeyLoc, Operand, RParen);
6123 }
6124 
6125 static bool IsSpecialDiscardedValue(Expr *E) {
6126   // In C++11, discarded-value expressions of a certain form are special,
6127   // according to [expr]p10:
6128   //   The lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1) is applied only if the
6129   //   expression is an lvalue of volatile-qualified type and it has
6130   //   one of the following forms:
6131   E = E->IgnoreParens();
6132 
6133   //   - id-expression (5.1.1),
6134   if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
6135     return true;
6136 
6137   //   - subscripting (5.2.1),
6138   if (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E))
6139     return true;
6140 
6141   //   - class member access (5.2.5),
6142   if (isa<MemberExpr>(E))
6143     return true;
6144 
6145   //   - indirection (5.3.1),
6146   if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
6147     if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
6148       return true;
6149 
6150   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6151     //   - pointer-to-member operation (5.5),
6152     if (BO->isPtrMemOp())
6153       return true;
6154 
6155     //   - comma expression (5.18) where the right operand is one of the above.
6156     if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma)
6157       return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BO->getRHS());
6158   }
6159 
6160   //   - conditional expression (5.16) where both the second and the third
6161   //     operands are one of the above, or
6162   if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E))
6163     return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getTrueExpr()) &&
6164            IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
6165   // The related edge case of "*x ?: *x".
6166   if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
6167           dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
6168     if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(BCO->getTrueExpr()))
6169       return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()) &&
6170              IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
6171   }
6172 
6173   // Objective-C++ extensions to the rule.
6174   if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(E) || isa<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E))
6175     return true;
6176 
6177   return false;
6178 }
6179 
6180 /// Perform the conversions required for an expression used in a
6181 /// context that ignores the result.
6182 ExprResult Sema::IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E) {
6183   if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) {
6184     ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
6185     if (result.isInvalid()) return E;
6186     E = result.get();
6187   }
6188 
6189   // C99 6.3.2.1:
6190   //   [Except in specific positions,] an lvalue that does not have
6191   //   array type is converted to the value stored in the
6192   //   designated object (and is no longer an lvalue).
6193   if (E->isRValue()) {
6194     // In C, function designators (i.e. expressions of function type)
6195     // are r-values, but we still want to do function-to-pointer decay
6196     // on them.  This is both technically correct and convenient for
6197     // some clients.
6198     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isFunctionType())
6199       return DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
6200 
6201     return E;
6202   }
6203 
6204   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)  {
6205     // The C++11 standard defines the notion of a discarded-value expression;
6206     // normally, we don't need to do anything to handle it, but if it is a
6207     // volatile lvalue with a special form, we perform an lvalue-to-rvalue
6208     // conversion.
6209     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isGLValue() &&
6210         E->getType().isVolatileQualified() &&
6211         IsSpecialDiscardedValue(E)) {
6212       ExprResult Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(E);
6213       if (Res.isInvalid())
6214         return E;
6215       E = Res.get();
6216     }
6217     return E;
6218   }
6219 
6220   // GCC seems to also exclude expressions of incomplete enum type.
6221   if (const EnumType *T = E->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) {
6222     if (!T->getDecl()->isComplete()) {
6223       // FIXME: stupid workaround for a codegen bug!
6224       E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).get();
6225       return E;
6226     }
6227   }
6228 
6229   ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
6230   if (Res.isInvalid())
6231     return E;
6232   E = Res.get();
6233 
6234   if (!E->getType()->isVoidType())
6235     RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(),
6236                         diag::err_incomplete_type);
6237   return E;
6238 }
6239 
6240 // If we can unambiguously determine whether Var can never be used
6241 // in a constant expression, return true.
6242 //  - if the variable and its initializer are non-dependent, then
6243 //    we can unambiguously check if the variable is a constant expression.
6244 //  - if the initializer is not value dependent - we can determine whether
6245 //    it can be used to initialize a constant expression.  If Init can not
6246 //    be used to initialize a constant expression we conclude that Var can
6247 //    never be a constant expression.
6248 //  - FXIME: if the initializer is dependent, we can still do some analysis and
6249 //    identify certain cases unambiguously as non-const by using a Visitor:
6250 //      - such as those that involve odr-use of a ParmVarDecl, involve a new
6251 //        delete, lambda-expr, dynamic-cast, reinterpret-cast etc...
6252 static inline bool VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var,
6253     ASTContext &Context) {
6254   if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) return true;
6255   const VarDecl *DefVD = nullptr;
6256 
6257   // If there is no initializer - this can not be a constant expression.
6258   if (!Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD)) return true;
6259   assert(DefVD);
6260   if (DefVD->isWeak()) return false;
6261   EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt();
6262 
6263   Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value);
6264 
6265   if (Var->getType()->isDependentType() || Init->isValueDependent()) {
6266     // FIXME: Teach the constant evaluator to deal with the non-dependent parts
6267     // of value-dependent expressions, and use it here to determine whether the
6268     // initializer is a potential constant expression.
6269     return false;
6270   }
6271 
6272   return !IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, Context);
6273 }
6274 
6275 /// \brief Check if the current lambda has any potential captures
6276 /// that must be captured by any of its enclosing lambdas that are ready to
6277 /// capture. If there is a lambda that can capture a nested
6278 /// potential-capture, go ahead and do so.  Also, check to see if any
6279 /// variables are uncaptureable or do not involve an odr-use so do not
6280 /// need to be captured.
6281 
6282 static void CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(
6283     Expr *const FE, LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI, Sema &S) {
6284 
6285   assert(!S.isUnevaluatedContext());
6286   assert(S.CurContext->isDependentContext());
6287   assert(CurrentLSI->CallOperator == S.CurContext &&
6288       "The current call operator must be synchronized with Sema's CurContext");
6289 
6290   const bool IsFullExprInstantiationDependent = FE->isInstantiationDependent();
6291 
6292   ArrayRef<const FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopesArrayRef(
6293       S.FunctionScopes.data(), S.FunctionScopes.size());
6294 
6295   // All the potentially captureable variables in the current nested
6296   // lambda (within a generic outer lambda), must be captured by an
6297   // outer lambda that is enclosed within a non-dependent context.
6298   const unsigned NumPotentialCaptures =
6299       CurrentLSI->getNumPotentialVariableCaptures();
6300   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumPotentialCaptures; ++I) {
6301     Expr *VarExpr = nullptr;
6302     VarDecl *Var = nullptr;
6303     CurrentLSI->getPotentialVariableCapture(I, Var, VarExpr);
6304     // If the variable is clearly identified as non-odr-used and the full
6305     // expression is not instantiation dependent, only then do we not
6306     // need to check enclosing lambda's for speculative captures.
6307     // For e.g.:
6308     // Even though 'x' is not odr-used, it should be captured.
6309     // int test() {
6310     //   const int x = 10;
6311     //   auto L = [=](auto a) {
6312     //     (void) +x + a;
6313     //   };
6314     // }
6315     if (CurrentLSI->isVariableExprMarkedAsNonODRUsed(VarExpr) &&
6316         !IsFullExprInstantiationDependent)
6317       continue;
6318 
6319     // If we have a capture-capable lambda for the variable, go ahead and
6320     // capture the variable in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas).
6321     if (const Optional<unsigned> Index =
6322             getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda(
6323                 FunctionScopesArrayRef, Var, S)) {
6324       const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue();
6325       MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, VarExpr->getExprLoc(), S,
6326                          &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda);
6327     }
6328     const bool IsVarNeverAConstantExpression =
6329         VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(Var, S.Context);
6330     if (!IsFullExprInstantiationDependent || IsVarNeverAConstantExpression) {
6331       // This full expression is not instantiation dependent or the variable
6332       // can not be used in a constant expression - which means
6333       // this variable must be odr-used here, so diagnose a
6334       // capture violation early, if the variable is un-captureable.
6335       // This is purely for diagnosing errors early.  Otherwise, this
6336       // error would get diagnosed when the lambda becomes capture ready.
6337       QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType;
6338       SourceLocation ExprLoc = VarExpr->getExprLoc();
6339       if (S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit,
6340                           /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
6341                           /*BuildAndDiagnose*/false, CaptureType,
6342                           DeclRefType, nullptr)) {
6343         // We will never be able to capture this variable, and we need
6344         // to be able to in any and all instantiations, so diagnose it.
6345         S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit,
6346                           /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
6347                           /*BuildAndDiagnose*/true, CaptureType,
6348                           DeclRefType, nullptr);
6349       }
6350     }
6351   }
6352 
6353   // Check if 'this' needs to be captured.
6354   if (CurrentLSI->hasPotentialThisCapture()) {
6355     // If we have a capture-capable lambda for 'this', go ahead and capture
6356     // 'this' in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas).
6357     if (const Optional<unsigned> Index =
6358             getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda(
6359                 FunctionScopesArrayRef, /*0 is 'this'*/ nullptr, S)) {
6360       const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue();
6361       S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CurrentLSI->PotentialThisCaptureLocation,
6362                             /*Explicit*/ false, /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true,
6363                             &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda);
6364     }
6365   }
6366 
6367   // Reset all the potential captures at the end of each full-expression.
6368   CurrentLSI->clearPotentialCaptures();
6369 }
6370 
6371 static ExprResult attemptRecovery(Sema &SemaRef,
6372                                   const TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer,
6373                                   TypoCorrection TC) {
6374   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupNameInfo(),
6375                  Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupKind());
6376   const CXXScopeSpec *SS = Consumer.getSS();
6377   CXXScopeSpec NewSS;
6378 
6379   // Use an approprate CXXScopeSpec for building the expr.
6380   if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier())
6381     NewSS.MakeTrivial(SemaRef.Context, NNS, TC.getCorrectionRange());
6382   else if (SS && !TC.WillReplaceSpecifier())
6383     NewSS = *SS;
6384 
6385   if (auto *ND = TC.getCorrectionDecl()) {
6386     R.setLookupName(ND->getDeclName());
6387     R.addDecl(ND);
6388     if (ND->isCXXClassMember()) {
6389       // Figure out the correct naming class to add to the LookupResult.
6390       CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
6391       if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier())
6392         Record = NNS->getAsType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
6393       if (!Record)
6394         Record =
6395             dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext());
6396       if (Record)
6397         R.setNamingClass(Record);
6398 
6399       // Detect and handle the case where the decl might be an implicit
6400       // member.
6401       bool MightBeImplicitMember;
6402       if (!Consumer.isAddressOfOperand())
6403         MightBeImplicitMember = true;
6404       else if (!NewSS.isEmpty())
6405         MightBeImplicitMember = false;
6406       else if (R.isOverloadedResult())
6407         MightBeImplicitMember = false;
6408       else if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
6409         MightBeImplicitMember = true;
6410       else
6411         MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(ND) ||
6412                                 isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(ND) ||
6413                                 isa<MSPropertyDecl>(ND);
6414 
6415       if (MightBeImplicitMember)
6416         return SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(
6417             NewSS, /*TemplateKWLoc*/ SourceLocation(), R,
6418             /*TemplateArgs*/ nullptr, /*S*/ nullptr);
6419     } else if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) {
6420       return SemaRef.LookupInObjCMethod(R, Consumer.getScope(),
6421                                         Ivar->getIdentifier());
6422     }
6423   }
6424 
6425   return SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(NewSS, R, /*NeedsADL*/ false,
6426                                           /*AcceptInvalidDecl*/ true);
6427 }
6428 
6429 namespace {
6430 class FindTypoExprs : public RecursiveASTVisitor<FindTypoExprs> {
6431   llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs;
6432 
6433 public:
6434   explicit FindTypoExprs(llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs)
6435       : TypoExprs(TypoExprs) {}
6436   bool VisitTypoExpr(TypoExpr *TE) {
6437     TypoExprs.insert(TE);
6438     return true;
6439   }
6440 };
6441 
6442 class TransformTypos : public TreeTransform<TransformTypos> {
6443   typedef TreeTransform<TransformTypos> BaseTransform;
6444 
6445   VarDecl *InitDecl; // A decl to avoid as a correction because it is in the
6446                      // process of being initialized.
6447   llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> ExprFilter;
6448   llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> TypoExprs, AmbiguousTypoExprs;
6449   llvm::SmallDenseMap<TypoExpr *, ExprResult, 2> TransformCache;
6450   llvm::SmallDenseMap<OverloadExpr *, Expr *, 4> OverloadResolution;
6451 
6452   /// \brief Emit diagnostics for all of the TypoExprs encountered.
6453   /// If the TypoExprs were successfully corrected, then the diagnostics should
6454   /// suggest the corrections. Otherwise the diagnostics will not suggest
6455   /// anything (having been passed an empty TypoCorrection).
6456   void EmitAllDiagnostics() {
6457     for (auto E : TypoExprs) {
6458       TypoExpr *TE = cast<TypoExpr>(E);
6459       auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
6460       if (State.DiagHandler) {
6461         TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getCurrentCorrection();
6462         ExprResult Replacement = TransformCache[TE];
6463 
6464         // Extract the NamedDecl from the transformed TypoExpr and add it to the
6465         // TypoCorrection, replacing the existing decls. This ensures the right
6466         // NamedDecl is used in diagnostics e.g. in the case where overload
6467         // resolution was used to select one from several possible decls that
6468         // had been stored in the TypoCorrection.
6469         if (auto *ND = getDeclFromExpr(
6470                 Replacement.isInvalid() ? nullptr : Replacement.get()))
6471           TC.setCorrectionDecl(ND);
6472 
6473         State.DiagHandler(TC);
6474       }
6475       SemaRef.clearDelayedTypo(TE);
6476     }
6477   }
6478 
6479   /// \brief If corrections for the first TypoExpr have been exhausted for a
6480   /// given combination of the other TypoExprs, retry those corrections against
6481   /// the next combination of substitutions for the other TypoExprs by advancing
6482   /// to the next potential correction of the second TypoExpr. For the second
6483   /// and subsequent TypoExprs, if its stream of corrections has been exhausted,
6484   /// the stream is reset and the next TypoExpr's stream is advanced by one (a
6485   /// TypoExpr's correction stream is advanced by removing the TypoExpr from the
6486   /// TransformCache). Returns true if there is still any untried combinations
6487   /// of corrections.
6488   bool CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams() {
6489     for (auto TE : TypoExprs) {
6490       auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
6491       TransformCache.erase(TE);
6492       if (!State.Consumer->finished())
6493         return true;
6494       State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream();
6495     }
6496     return false;
6497   }
6498 
6499   NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) {
6500     if (auto *OE = dyn_cast_or_null<OverloadExpr>(E))
6501       E = OverloadResolution[OE];
6502 
6503     if (!E)
6504       return nullptr;
6505     if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
6506       return DRE->getDecl();
6507     if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
6508       return ME->getMemberDecl();
6509     // FIXME: Add any other expr types that could be be seen by the delayed typo
6510     // correction TreeTransform for which the corresponding TypoCorrection could
6511     // contain multiple decls.
6512     return nullptr;
6513   }
6514 
6515   ExprResult TryTransform(Expr *E) {
6516     Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6517     ExprResult Res = TransformExpr(E);
6518     if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred() || Res.isInvalid())
6519       return ExprError();
6520 
6521     return ExprFilter(Res.get());
6522   }
6523 
6524 public:
6525   TransformTypos(Sema &SemaRef, VarDecl *InitDecl, llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter)
6526       : BaseTransform(SemaRef), InitDecl(InitDecl), ExprFilter(Filter) {}
6527 
6528   ExprResult RebuildCallExpr(Expr *Callee, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6529                                    MultiExprArg Args,
6530                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
6531                                    Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr) {
6532     auto Result = BaseTransform::RebuildCallExpr(Callee, LParenLoc, Args,
6533                                                  RParenLoc, ExecConfig);
6534     if (auto *OE = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(Callee)) {
6535       if (Result.isUsable()) {
6536         Expr *ResultCall = Result.get();
6537         if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(ResultCall))
6538           ResultCall = BE->getSubExpr();
6539         if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(ResultCall))
6540           OverloadResolution[OE] = CE->getCallee();
6541       }
6542     }
6543     return Result;
6544   }
6545 
6546   ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { return Owned(E); }
6547 
6548   ExprResult TransformBlockExpr(BlockExpr *E) { return Owned(E); }
6549 
6550   ExprResult Transform(Expr *E) {
6551     ExprResult Res;
6552     while (true) {
6553       Res = TryTransform(E);
6554 
6555       // Exit if either the transform was valid or if there were no TypoExprs
6556       // to transform that still have any untried correction candidates..
6557       if (!Res.isInvalid() ||
6558           !CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams())
6559         break;
6560     }
6561 
6562     // Ensure none of the TypoExprs have multiple typo correction candidates
6563     // with the same edit length that pass all the checks and filters.
6564     // TODO: Properly handle various permutations of possible corrections when
6565     // there is more than one potentially ambiguous typo correction.
6566     // Also, disable typo correction while attempting the transform when
6567     // handling potentially ambiguous typo corrections as any new TypoExprs will
6568     // have been introduced by the application of one of the correction
6569     // candidates and add little to no value if corrected.
6570     SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true;
6571     while (!AmbiguousTypoExprs.empty()) {
6572       auto TE  = AmbiguousTypoExprs.back();
6573       auto Cached = TransformCache[TE];
6574       auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
6575       State.Consumer->saveCurrentPosition();
6576       TransformCache.erase(TE);
6577       if (!TryTransform(E).isInvalid()) {
6578         State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream();
6579         TransformCache.erase(TE);
6580         Res = ExprError();
6581         break;
6582       }
6583       AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(TE);
6584       State.Consumer->restoreSavedPosition();
6585       TransformCache[TE] = Cached;
6586     }
6587     SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = false;
6588 
6589     // Ensure that all of the TypoExprs within the current Expr have been found.
6590     if (!Res.isUsable())
6591       FindTypoExprs(TypoExprs).TraverseStmt(E);
6592 
6593     EmitAllDiagnostics();
6594 
6595     return Res;
6596   }
6597 
6598   ExprResult TransformTypoExpr(TypoExpr *E) {
6599     // If the TypoExpr hasn't been seen before, record it. Otherwise, return the
6600     // cached transformation result if there is one and the TypoExpr isn't the
6601     // first one that was encountered.
6602     auto &CacheEntry = TransformCache[E];
6603     if (!TypoExprs.insert(E) && !CacheEntry.isUnset()) {
6604       return CacheEntry;
6605     }
6606 
6607     auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(E);
6608     assert(State.Consumer && "Cannot transform a cleared TypoExpr");
6609 
6610     // For the first TypoExpr and an uncached TypoExpr, find the next likely
6611     // typo correction and return it.
6612     while (TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection()) {
6613       if (InitDecl && TC.getCorrectionDecl() == InitDecl)
6614         continue;
6615       ExprResult NE = State.RecoveryHandler ?
6616           State.RecoveryHandler(SemaRef, E, TC) :
6617           attemptRecovery(SemaRef, *State.Consumer, TC);
6618       if (!NE.isInvalid()) {
6619         // Check whether there may be a second viable correction with the same
6620         // edit distance; if so, remember this TypoExpr may have an ambiguous
6621         // correction so it can be more thoroughly vetted later.
6622         TypoCorrection Next;
6623         if ((Next = State.Consumer->peekNextCorrection()) &&
6624             Next.getEditDistance(false) == TC.getEditDistance(false)) {
6625           AmbiguousTypoExprs.insert(E);
6626         } else {
6627           AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(E);
6628         }
6629         assert(!NE.isUnset() &&
6630                "Typo was transformed into a valid-but-null ExprResult");
6631         return CacheEntry = NE;
6632       }
6633     }
6634     return CacheEntry = ExprError();
6635   }
6636 };
6637 }
6638 
6639 ExprResult
6640 Sema::CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl,
6641                                 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) {
6642   // If the current evaluation context indicates there are uncorrected typos
6643   // and the current expression isn't guaranteed to not have typos, try to
6644   // resolve any TypoExpr nodes that might be in the expression.
6645   if (E && !ExprEvalContexts.empty() && ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos &&
6646       (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent() ||
6647        E->isInstantiationDependent())) {
6648     auto TyposInContext = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos;
6649     assert(TyposInContext < ~0U && "Recursive call of CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr");
6650     ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = ~0U;
6651     auto TyposResolved = DelayedTypos.size();
6652     auto Result = TransformTypos(*this, InitDecl, Filter).Transform(E);
6653     ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = TyposInContext;
6654     TyposResolved -= DelayedTypos.size();
6655     if (Result.isInvalid() || Result.get() != E) {
6656       ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos -= TyposResolved;
6657       return Result;
6658     }
6659     assert(TyposResolved == 0 && "Corrected typo but got same Expr back?");
6660   }
6661   return E;
6662 }
6663 
6664 ExprResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *FE, SourceLocation CC,
6665                                      bool DiscardedValue,
6666                                      bool IsConstexpr,
6667                                      bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer) {
6668   ExprResult FullExpr = FE;
6669 
6670   if (!FullExpr.get())
6671     return ExprError();
6672 
6673   // If we are an init-expression in a lambdas init-capture, we should not
6674   // diagnose an unexpanded pack now (will be diagnosed once lambda-expr
6675   // containing full-expression is done).
6676   // template<class ... Ts> void test(Ts ... t) {
6677   //   test([&a(t)]() { <-- (t) is an init-expr that shouldn't be diagnosed now.
6678   //     return a;
6679   //   }() ...);
6680   // }
6681   // FIXME: This is a hack. It would be better if we pushed the lambda scope
6682   // when we parse the lambda introducer, and teach capturing (but not
6683   // unexpanded pack detection) to walk over LambdaScopeInfos which don't have a
6684   // corresponding class yet (that is, have LambdaScopeInfo either represent a
6685   // lambda where we've entered the introducer but not the body, or represent a
6686   // lambda where we've entered the body, depending on where the
6687   // parser/instantiation has got to).
6688   if (!IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer &&
6689       DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(FullExpr.get()))
6690     return ExprError();
6691 
6692   // Top-level expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
6693   if (DiscardedValue && getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
6694       FullExpr.get()->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
6695     FullExpr = forceUnknownAnyToType(FullExpr.get(), Context.getObjCIdType());
6696     if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
6697       return ExprError();
6698   }
6699 
6700   if (DiscardedValue) {
6701     FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.get());
6702     if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
6703       return ExprError();
6704 
6705     FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.get());
6706     if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
6707       return ExprError();
6708   }
6709 
6710   FullExpr = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(FullExpr.get());
6711   if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
6712     return ExprError();
6713 
6714   CheckCompletedExpr(FullExpr.get(), CC, IsConstexpr);
6715 
6716   // At the end of this full expression (which could be a deeply nested
6717   // lambda), if there is a potential capture within the nested lambda,
6718   // have the outer capture-able lambda try and capture it.
6719   // Consider the following code:
6720   // void f(int, int);
6721   // void f(const int&, double);
6722   // void foo() {
6723   //  const int x = 10, y = 20;
6724   //  auto L = [=](auto a) {
6725   //      auto M = [=](auto b) {
6726   //         f(x, b); <-- requires x to be captured by L and M
6727   //         f(y, a); <-- requires y to be captured by L, but not all Ms
6728   //      };
6729   //   };
6730   // }
6731 
6732   // FIXME: Also consider what happens for something like this that involves
6733   // the gnu-extension statement-expressions or even lambda-init-captures:
6734   //   void f() {
6735   //     const int n = 0;
6736   //     auto L =  [&](auto a) {
6737   //       +n + ({ 0; a; });
6738   //     };
6739   //   }
6740   //
6741   // Here, we see +n, and then the full-expression 0; ends, so we don't
6742   // capture n (and instead remove it from our list of potential captures),
6743   // and then the full-expression +n + ({ 0; }); ends, but it's too late
6744   // for us to see that we need to capture n after all.
6745 
6746   LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI = getCurLambda();
6747   // FIXME: PR 17877 showed that getCurLambda() can return a valid pointer
6748   // even if CurContext is not a lambda call operator. Refer to that Bug Report
6749   // for an example of the code that might cause this asynchrony.
6750   // By ensuring we are in the context of a lambda's call operator
6751   // we can fix the bug (we only need to check whether we need to capture
6752   // if we are within a lambda's body); but per the comments in that
6753   // PR, a proper fix would entail :
6754   //   "Alternative suggestion:
6755   //   - Add to Sema an integer holding the smallest (outermost) scope
6756   //     index that we are *lexically* within, and save/restore/set to
6757   //     FunctionScopes.size() in InstantiatingTemplate's
6758   //     constructor/destructor.
6759   //  - Teach the handful of places that iterate over FunctionScopes to
6760   //    stop at the outermost enclosing lexical scope."
6761   const bool IsInLambdaDeclContext = isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext);
6762   if (IsInLambdaDeclContext && CurrentLSI &&
6763       CurrentLSI->hasPotentialCaptures() && !FullExpr.isInvalid())
6764     CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(FE, CurrentLSI,
6765                                                               *this);
6766   return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(FullExpr);
6767 }
6768 
6769 StmtResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *FullStmt) {
6770   if (!FullStmt) return StmtError();
6771 
6772   return MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(FullStmt);
6773 }
6774 
6775 Sema::IfExistsResult
6776 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S,
6777                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6778                                    const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo) {
6779   DeclarationName TargetName = TargetNameInfo.getName();
6780   if (!TargetName)
6781     return IER_DoesNotExist;
6782 
6783   // If the name itself is dependent, then the result is dependent.
6784   if (TargetName.isDependentName())
6785     return IER_Dependent;
6786 
6787   // Do the redeclaration lookup in the current scope.
6788   LookupResult R(*this, TargetNameInfo, Sema::LookupAnyName,
6789                  Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
6790   LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
6791   R.suppressDiagnostics();
6792 
6793   switch (R.getResultKind()) {
6794   case LookupResult::Found:
6795   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
6796   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
6797   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
6798     return IER_Exists;
6799 
6800   case LookupResult::NotFound:
6801     return IER_DoesNotExist;
6802 
6803   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
6804     return IER_Dependent;
6805   }
6806 
6807   llvm_unreachable("Invalid LookupResult Kind!");
6808 }
6809 
6810 Sema::IfExistsResult
6811 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
6812                                    bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6813                                    UnqualifiedId &Name) {
6814   DeclarationNameInfo TargetNameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name);
6815 
6816   // Check for unexpanded parameter packs.
6817   SmallVector<UnexpandedParameterPack, 4> Unexpanded;
6818   collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(SS, Unexpanded);
6819   collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TargetNameInfo, Unexpanded);
6820   if (!Unexpanded.empty()) {
6821     DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(KeywordLoc,
6822                                      IsIfExists? UPPC_IfExists
6823                                                : UPPC_IfNotExists,
6824                                      Unexpanded);
6825     return IER_Error;
6826   }
6827 
6828   return CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(S, SS, TargetNameInfo);
6829 }
6830